WO1997026250A1 - Integrin receptor antagonists - Google Patents
Integrin receptor antagonists Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO1997026250A1 WO1997026250A1 PCT/US1997/000572 US9700572W WO9726250A1 WO 1997026250 A1 WO1997026250 A1 WO 1997026250A1 US 9700572 W US9700572 W US 9700572W WO 9726250 A1 WO9726250 A1 WO 9726250A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- alkyl
- aryl
- alanine
- butanoyl
- amino
- Prior art date
Links
- 0 CCOC(C[N-]C(CCCc1ccnc(*)c1)=O)=O Chemical compound CCOC(C[N-]C(CCCc1ccnc(*)c1)=O)=O 0.000 description 10
- WZSUTHNFYLUWMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(CC(OC)=O)NC(CNC(CCCc1c[s]c(N)n1)=O)=O Chemical compound CC(C)(CC(OC)=O)NC(CNC(CCCc1c[s]c(N)n1)=O)=O WZSUTHNFYLUWMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FEVWBVFTBBKQAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)=Nc(cccc1)c1N Chemical compound CC(C)=Nc(cccc1)c1N FEVWBVFTBBKQAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UIUIGKVUYDXXLZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCOC(CC(CCc1ccccc1)CCNC(CN(CCc1ccccc1)C(CCCC1=CCNC=C1)=O)=O)=O Chemical compound CCOC(CC(CCc1ccccc1)CCNC(CN(CCc1ccccc1)C(CCCC1=CCNC=C1)=O)=O)=O UIUIGKVUYDXXLZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HIELIXMCSYJNRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCOC(CCCCNc1ncccc1)=O Chemical compound CCOC(CCCCNc1ncccc1)=O HIELIXMCSYJNRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MADRCMQYAFUEEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCOC(CN(C)C(CCCc1cc(C)ncc1)=O)=O Chemical compound CCOC(CN(C)C(CCCc1cc(C)ncc1)=O)=O MADRCMQYAFUEEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DYNLGXLQWICERZ-AWEZNQCLSA-N CCOC(C[C@H](CCCCc1c[nH]c2c1cccc2)N)=O Chemical compound CCOC(C[C@H](CCCCc1c[nH]c2c1cccc2)N)=O DYNLGXLQWICERZ-AWEZNQCLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WMIHTMTVTSAMSH-NSHDSACASA-N CCOC([C@H](CNC(CN)=O)NS(c1ccccc1)(=O)=O)=O Chemical compound CCOC([C@H](CNC(CN)=O)NS(c1ccccc1)(=O)=O)=O WMIHTMTVTSAMSH-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 description 1
- MWNAKXBJLXFYDX-IBGZPJMESA-N CCOC([C@H](CNC(CNC(CCCCNc1ncccc1)=O)=O)NS(c1ccccc1)(=O)=O)=O Chemical compound CCOC([C@H](CNC(CNC(CCCCNc1ncccc1)=O)=O)NS(c1ccccc1)(=O)=O)=O MWNAKXBJLXFYDX-IBGZPJMESA-N 0.000 description 1
- WJKSHMWGECHUGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN(CC(N[C@@](CCc1c[nH]c2ccccc12)CC(O)=O)=O)C(CCCc1ccncc1)=O Chemical compound CN(CC(N[C@@](CCc1c[nH]c2ccccc12)CC(O)=O)=O)C(CCCc1ccncc1)=O WJKSHMWGECHUGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PZQKVAZZFYVFJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN(CC(O)=O)C(CCCc1ccncc1)=O Chemical compound CN(CC(O)=O)C(CCCc1ccncc1)=O PZQKVAZZFYVFJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JHEPOJAVYIXJJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN(CCC(O)=O)C1=CCNC=C1 Chemical compound CN(CCC(O)=O)C1=CCNC=C1 JHEPOJAVYIXJJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZRMEFQEJWBPER-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC(C(CCC1=CCN=CC1)C(OC)=O)=O Chemical compound COC(C(CCC1=CCN=CC1)C(OC)=O)=O CZRMEFQEJWBPER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HTBWPURQJMMKPK-CQSZACIVSA-N C[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(CN(C1CC1)C(CCCc1ccnc2c1CCCN2)=O)=O Chemical compound C[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(CN(C1CC1)C(CCCc1ccnc2c1CCCN2)=O)=O HTBWPURQJMMKPK-CQSZACIVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DLOMODNNPFLNJL-GICMACPYSA-N C[C@H](CI)NC(CN(C1CC1)C(C(CCC1)CN1c1ccncc1)=O)=O Chemical compound C[C@H](CI)NC(CN(C1CC1)C(C(CCC1)CN1c1ccncc1)=O)=O DLOMODNNPFLNJL-GICMACPYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KHBQMWCZKVMBLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N NS(c1ccccc1)(=O)=O Chemical compound NS(c1ccccc1)(=O)=O KHBQMWCZKVMBLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MSTPNVITZIFFEK-UHFFFAOYSA-N OC(CCCC1CCNCC1)=O Chemical compound OC(CCCC1CCNCC1)=O MSTPNVITZIFFEK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AVVKOSQEAVBDMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N OC(CCCCNc1ncccc1)=O Chemical compound OC(CCCCNc1ncccc1)=O AVVKOSQEAVBDMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FUJCAHKXVCANRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N OC(CNC(CCCc1nc(NCCC2)c2cc1)=O)=O Chemical compound OC(CNC(CCCc1nc(NCCC2)c2cc1)=O)=O FUJCAHKXVCANRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D213/72—Nitrogen atoms
- C07D213/73—Unsubstituted amino or imino radicals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
- A61P7/02—Antithrombotic agents; Anticoagulants; Platelet aggregation inhibitors
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D213/54—Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
- C07D213/55—Acids; Esters
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D213/54—Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
- C07D213/56—Amides
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D213/62—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
- C07D213/63—One oxygen atom
- C07D213/68—One oxygen atom attached in position 4
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D213/72—Nitrogen atoms
- C07D213/74—Amino or imino radicals substituted by hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D213/72—Nitrogen atoms
- C07D213/75—Amino or imino radicals, acylated by carboxylic or carbonic acids, or by sulfur or nitrogen analogues thereof, e.g. carbamates
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
- C07D277/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D277/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D277/32—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D277/38—Nitrogen atoms
- C07D277/40—Unsubstituted amino or imino radicals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D401/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
- C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
Definitions
- the invention relates generally to modulating cell adhesion and to inhibiting the binding of fibrinogen and other proteins to blood platelets, and inhibiting the aggregation of blood platelets specifically to the gp Ilb/IIIa fibrinogen receptor site.
- Fibrinogen is a glycoprotein present in blood plasma that participates in platelet aggregation and in fibrin formation. Platelets are cell-like anucleated fragments, found in the blood of all mammals, that also participate in blood coagulation. Interaction of fibrinogen with the Ilb/IIIa receptor site is known to be essential for normal platelet function.
- platelets When a blood vessel is damaged by an injury or other causative factor, platelets adhere to the disrupted subendothethial surface. The adherent platelets subsequently release biologically active constituents and aggregate. Aggregation is initiated by the binding of agonists, such as thrombin, epinephrine, or ADP to specific platelet membrane receptors. Stimulation by agonists results in exposure of latent fibrinogen receptors on the platelet surface, and binding of fibrinogen to the glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa receptor complex.
- agonists such as thrombin, epinephrine, or ADP
- arginine- glycine-aspartic acid containing tripeptides are recognized by at least one member of a family of structurally related receptors, integrins, which are heterodimeric proteins with two membrane -spanning subunits.
- integrins which are heterodimeric proteins with two membrane -spanning subunits. The authors state that the conformation of the tripeptide sequence in the individual proteins may be critical to recognition specificity.
- Ruggeri et al. Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 83, 5708- 5712 (1986) explore a series of synthetic peptides designed in lengths to 16 residues, that contain RGD and a valine attached to the aspartic acid residue of RGD that inhibit fibrinogen binding to platelets. See also Koczewiak et al., Biochem., 23, 1767-1774 ( 1984); Ginsberg et al., J. Biol. Chem., 260(7), 3931 -3936 (1985); and Haverstick et al., Blood, 66(4), 946-952 (1985). Other inhibitors are disclosed in Eur. Pat. App. Nos. 275,748 and 298,820.
- Ilb/IIIa complex This polypeptide contains 49 amino acids and has the RGD subunit and various disulfide bridges.
- these snake venom factors also have high affinity for other members of the adhesive protein receptor family including the vitronectin and fibronectin receptors so are not selective for the gp Ilb/IIIa complex.
- 5,037,808 discloses the use of indolyl platelet-aggregation inhibitors which are believed to act by antagonizing interactions between fibrinogen and/or extracellular matrix proteins and the platelet gp Ilb/IIIa receptor.
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,037,808 discloses guanidino peptide mimetic compounds that retain an Asp residue which inhibit platelet aggregation.
- the application PCT/US90/02746 describes the use of antibody-poly-peptide conjugates wherein said polypeptides contain the Arg-Gly-Asp (RGD) sequence.
- the application PCT/US91/00564 discloses the use of large cyclic peptides containing RGD flanked by proline residues which are platelet aggregation inhibitors.
- the application PCT/US90/03788 discloses small cyclic platelet aggregation inhibitors which are synthetic cyclic pentapeptides containing the tripeptide sequence Arg-Gly-Asp and a thioether linkage in the cycle.
- Rl is a guandidino or amidino moiety and A and B are chosen from specific monosubstituted aryl or heterocyclic moieties.
- a number of very serious diseases and disorders involve hyperthrombotic complications which lead to intravascular thrombi and emboli.
- Myocardial infarction, stroke, phlebitis and a number of other serious conditions create the need for novel and effective fibrinogen receptor antagonists.
- the invention is a compound of the formula:
- a 9- to 10-membered polycyclic ring system wherein one or more of the rings is aromatic, containing 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S and either unsubstituted or substituted with R' or R ⁇ ,
- Rl and R ⁇ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, I, Cl-lO alkyl,
- Z is O, NR 8 , or S; and R 8 is defined as R 1 above;
- Ci-6alkyl either unsubstituted or substituted, with one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl,
- Cl-6 alkylamino Cl-6 alkyl aryl amino, aryl amino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl carbonyloxy, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonyloxy, Cl-6 dialkylamino,
- Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylamino Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylamino, Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl aminocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylamino, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aminosulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, Cl-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino,
- R D and R ⁇ are independently hydrogen, Cl-8 alkyl, aryl, aryl Cl-8 alkyl, hydroxy, Cl -8 alkyloxy, aryloxy, aryl Cl -6 alkyloxy, Cl -8 alkylcarbonyloxy Cl -4 alkyloxy, aryl C] -8 alkylcarbonyloxy Cl -4 alkyloxy, Cl -8 alkylaminocarbonylmethyleneoxy, or C l -8 dialky laminocarbonylmethyleneoxy where m and n are integers 0-6.
- n is 2-4, and n' is 2 or 3, and wherein Rl and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, I,
- Cl-6 alkylamino Cl-8 alkyl Cl-6 dialkylamino, Cl-6 dialkylamino Cl-8 alkyl, Cl-4 alkoxy, Cl-4 alkoxy Cl-6 alkyl, carboxy, carboxy Cl-6 alkyl, Cl-3 alkoxycarbonyl, Cl-3 alkoxycarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, carboxy Cl-6 alkyloxy and hydroxy, hydroxy Cl-6 alkyl;
- R5j hydrogen, fluorine
- Cl-6 alkylcarbonyl Cl-6 alkylcarbonyl, Cl-6 alkylcarbonyl C l -6 alkyl, aryl carbonyl Cl-6alkyl, aryl carbonyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonyl Cl-6alkyl, Cl-6 alkylthiocarbonylamino,
- alkyl groups and aryl groups may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents selected from Rl and R-;
- R° and R ⁇ are independently hydrogen, Cl-8 alkyl, aryl Cl-8 alkyl, hydroxy,
- n' is 2 or 3
- R 1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, I,
- R4 are independently hydrogen, a five or six membered mono or polycyclic aromatic ring system containing 0, 1 , 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, either unsubstituted or substituted, with one or more groups selected from hydroxyl, halogen, cyano, trifluoromethyl, Cl -3 alkoxy, Cl-5 alkylcarbonyloxy, Cl-5 alkoxycarbonyl, Cl-5 alkyl, aminoCl -5 alkyl, hydroxycarbonyl, hydroxycarbonylCi -5 alkyl, or hydroxycarbonylCl -5 alkoxy,
- Cl-6alkyl either unsubstituted or substituted, with one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl,
- R ⁇ is hydrogen, fluorine, Cl-8 alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxy Cl-6 alkyl, carboxy, carboxy Cl-6 alkyl,
- alkyl groups and aryl groups may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents selected from Rl and R ⁇ ;
- R° and R are independently hydrogen
- R 1 and R ⁇ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen or amino, amino Cl -8 alkyl; Y is
- R ⁇ is hydrogen or aryl C ⁇ -8 alkyl
- aryl is defined as a six membered monocyclic aromatic ring system, either unsubstituted or substituted, with one or more groups selected from hydroxyl, halogen, cyano, trifluoromethyl, Cl -3 alkoxy, Cl -5 alkylcarbonyloxy, C] -5 alkoxycarbonyl,
- R 5 is hydrogen, aryl sulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl sulfonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, Cl-8 alkylsulfonylamino,
- alkyl groups and aryl groups may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents selected from R 1 and R2; R6 i i>s hydrogen,
- n is an integer selected from 0 to 6.
- R4j IS hydrogen, methyl
- Compounds of the invention are also useful for inhibiting the bone resorption activity of mammalian osteoclast cells by administering a pharmacologically effective amount of the compound to a patient in need of such activity to inhibit the activity of mammalian osteoclasts.
- Compounds of the invention are also useful for inhibiting tumor growth in mammals.
- Pharmacologically effective amounts of the compounds, including pharamaceutically acceptable salts thereof are administered to the mammal, to inhibit tumor growth.
- the growth of tumors depends on an adequate blood supply, which in turn depends on growth of new vessels into the tumor. New vessels are stimulated by factors secreted by the tumor. Inhibition of angiogenesis can cause tumor regression in animals.
- Compounds of the invention are also useful for treating and preventing diabetic retinopathy in mammals. Pharmacologically effective amounts of the compounds, including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered to the mammal, to inhibit diabetic retinopathy.
- Compounds are also useful in the prevention of restenosis of vessels.
- bone resorption activity means the process by which osteoclasts solubilize bone minerals and increase the activity of enzymes that degrade bone matrix.
- Compounds of the invention are useful for inhibiting the binding of fibrinogen to blood platelets and for inhibiting the aggregation of blood platelets.
- the above-mentioned compounds can be used in a method of acting upon a fibrinogen receptor which comprises administering a therapeutically effective but non-toxic amount of such compound to a mammal, preferably a human.
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and, dispersed therein, an effective but non-toxic amount of such compound is another feature of this invention.
- the invention also includes the use of a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for inhibiting the aggregation of blood platelets, preventing platelet thrombosis, preventing thromboembolism or preventing reocclusion, in a mammal.
- Fibrinogen receptor antagonist compounds of Formula I are useful in a method of inhibiting the binding of fibrinogen to blood platelets and for inhibiting the aggregation of blood platelets. Fibrinogen receptor antagonists of this invention are illustrated by compounds having the formula:
- fibrinogen receptor antagonist activity is based on evaluation of inhibition of ADP- stimulated platelets. Aggregation requires that fibrinogen bind to and occupy the platelet fibrinogen receptor site. Inhibitors of fibrinogen binding inhibit aggregation.
- human platelets are isolated from fresh blood, collected into acid citrate/dextrose by differential centrifugation followed by gel filtration on Sepharose 2B in divalent ion-free Tyrode's buffer (pH 7.4) containing 2% bovine serum albumin.
- Platelet aggregation is measured at 37°C in a Chronolog aggregometer.
- the reaction mixture contains gel-filtered human platelets (2 x 10 ⁇ per ml), fibrinogen (100 micrograms per ml (ug/ml)), Ca2+ ( 1 mM), and the compound to be tested.
- the aggregation is initiated by adding 10 mM ADP 1 minute after the other components are added.
- the reaction is then allowed to proceed for at least 2 minutes.
- the extent of inhibition of aggregation is expressed as the percentage of the rate of aggregation observed in the absence of inhibitor.
- the IC50 is the dose of a particular compound inhibiting aggregation by 50% relative to a control lacking the compound.
- salts shall mean non-toxic salts of the compounds of this invention which are generally prepared by reacting the free base with a suitable organic or inorganic acid.
- Representative salts include the following salts: acetate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bicarbonate, bisulfate, bitartrate, borate, bromide, calcium edetate, camsylate, carbonate, chloride, clavulanate, citrate, dihydrochloride, edetate, edi ylate, estolate, esylate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glutamate, glycollylarsanilate, hexylresorcinate, hydrabamine, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroxynapthoate, iodide, isothionate, lactate, lactobionate, laurate, malate, maleate, mandelate, mesylate, methylbromide,
- pharmaceutically effective amount shall mean that amount of a drug or pharmaceutical agent that will elicit the biological or medical response of a tissue, system or animal that is being sought by a researcher or clinician.
- anti-coagulant shall include heparin, and warfarin.
- thrombolytic agent shall include agents such as streptokinase and tissue plasminogen activator.
- platelet anti-aggregation agent shall include agents such as aspirin and dipyridamole.
- alkyl means straight or branched alkane containing 1 to about 10 carbon atoms, e.g., methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, iso-amyl, hexy, octyl radicals and the like, straight or branched alkene containing 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, e.g., propylenyl, buten- 1 -yl, isobutenyl, pentenylen-1 -yl, 2,2-methylbuten-l-yl, 3-methylbuten-l-yl, hexen- 1-yl, hepten- 1 -yl, and octen-1 -yl radicals and the like, or straight or branched alkyne containing 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, e.g., methyl,
- aryl means a 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing 0, 1 , or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S.
- aryl include phenyl, pyridine, pyrimidine, imidazole, thiophene, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, and amino- and halogen- substituted derivatives thereof.
- alkyloxy or "alkoxy” include an alkyl portion where alkyl is as defined above. Examples of alkoxy include methyloxy, propyloxy, and butyloxy.
- arylalkyl and “alkylaryl” include an alkyl portion where alkyl is as defined above and to include an aryl portion where aryl is as defined above.
- arylalkyl include benzyl, fluorobenzyl, chlorobenzyl, phenylethyl, phenylpropyl, fluorophenylethyl, chlorophenylethyl, thienylmethyl, thienylethyl, and thienylpropyl.
- alkylaryl examples include toluene, ethylbenzene, propylbenzene, methylpyridine, ethylpyridine, propylpyridine, butylpyridine, butenylpyridine, and pentenylpyridine.
- halogen includes fluorine, chlorine, iodine and bromine.
- oxy means an oxygen (O) atom.
- thio means a sulfur (S) atom.
- Compounds of the invention where X is a 5-membered monocyclic aromatic ring system, e.g., a thiazole system, can be prepared by forming an alkyl ester substituted derivative of the ring, e.g., methyl 4-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)butanoate, forming the corresponding acid with HCl, and reacting with an amine to form the final product.
- an alkyl ester substituted derivative of the ring e.g., methyl 4-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)butanoate
- X is a 6-membered monocyclic aromatic ring system, e.g., a pyridine system
- X is a 6-membered monocyclic aromatic ring system
- Compounds of the invention where X is a 9-membered polycyclic aromatic fused ring system can be prepared by reacting a substituted 5-membered ring starting material such as 2-amino-3-bromo thiophene, 2-nitro-3-bromo thiophene, 2-amino-3-bromo pyrrole, and 2-amino-3-bromo furan, with an appropriate compound under suitable ring closure conditions to effect formation of the 9-membered fused ring system.
- a substituted 5-membered ring starting material such as 2-amino-3-bromo thiophene, 2-nitro-3-bromo thiophene, 2-amino-3-bromo pyrrole, and 2-amino-3-bromo furan
- Compounds of the invention where X is a 10-membered polycyclic aromatic ring system can be prepared using a starting material such as naphthyridin (Hamada, Y. et al., Chem. Pharm. Bull. Soc, 1971 , 19(9), 1857-1862), or by reacting an aminoaldehyde pyridine with a suitable ketone under suitable ring closure conditions to effect formation of the 10-membered fused ring system.
- the examples illustrate procedures for preparing compounds of the invention where Y is -(CH2)0-4, -0-, and -N(R")-.
- EDC l -(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethyicarbodiimide hydrochloride
- Oxone potassium peroxymonosulfate
- LDA Lithium diisopropylamide
- PYCLU Chloro-N,N,N',N'-bis(pentamethylene)formamidinium hexafluorophosphate
- the compounds of the present invention can be administered in such oral forms as tablets, capsules (each of which includes sustained release or timed release formulations), pills, powders, granules, elixirs, tinctures, suspensions, syrups, and emulsions. Likewise, they may be administered in intravenous (bolus or infusion), intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, or intramusculsar form, all using forms well known to those of ordinary skill in the pharmaceutical arts. An effective but non-toxic amount of the compound desired can be employed as an anti-aggregation agent.
- Compounds of the invention may be administered to patients where prevention of thrombosis by inhibiting binding of fibrinogen to the platelet membrane glycoprotein complex Ilb/IIIa receptor is desired. They are useful in surgery on peripheral arteries (arterial grafts, carotid endarterectomy) and in cardiovascular surgery where manipulation of arteries and organs, and/or the interaction of platelets with artificial surfaces, leads to platelet aggregation and consumption. The aggregated platelets may form thrombi and thromboemboli. Compounds of this invention may be administered to these surgical patients to prevent the formation of thrombi and thromboemboli. Extraco oreal circulation is routinely used for cardiovascular surgery in order to oxygenate blood. Platelets adhere to surfaces of the extracorporeal circuit.
- Adhesion is dependent on the interaction between gp Ilb/IIIa on the platelet membranes and fibrinogen adsorbed to the surface of the circuit. (Gluszko et al., Amer. J. Physioi, 252(H), 615-621 ( 1987)). Platelets released from artificial surfaces show impaired hemostatic function. Compounds of the invention may be administered to prevent adhesion.
- the dosage regimen utilizing the compounds of the present invention is selected in accordance with a variety of factors including type, species, age, weight, sex and medical condition of the patient; the severity of the condition to be treated; the route of administration; the renal and hepatic function of the patient; and the particular compound or salt thereof employed.
- An ordinarily skilled physician or veterinarian can readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of the drug required to prevent, counter, or arrest the progress of the condition.
- Oral dosages of the present invention when used for the indicated effects, will range between about 0.01 mg per kg of body weight per day (mg kg/day) to about 100 mg/kg/day and preferably 0.01 -50 mg/kg/day and more preferably 0.01 -20 mg/kg/day, e.g. 0.1 mg/kg/day, 1.0 mg/kg/day, 5.0 mg/kg/day, or 10 mg/kg/day.
- the most preferred doses will range from about 1 to about 10 mg/kg/minute during a constant rate infusion.
- compounds of the present invention may be administered in divided doses of two, three, or four times daily.
- preferred compounds for the present invention can be administered in intranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles, or via transdermal routes, using those forms of transdermal skin patches well known to those of ordinary skill in that art.
- the dosage administration will, or course, be continuous rather that intermittent throughout the dosage regime.
- the compounds herein described in detail can form the active ingredient, and are typically administered in admixture with suitable pharmaceutical diluents, excipients or carriers (collectively referred to herein as "carrier” materials) suitably selected with respect to the intended form of administration, that is, oral tablets, capsules, elixirs, syrups and the like, and consistent with convention pharmaceutical practices.
- carrier suitable pharmaceutical diluents, excipients or carriers
- the active drug component can be combined with an oral, non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable, inert carrier such as lactose, starch, sucrose, glucose, methyl cellulose, magnesium stearate, dicalcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, mannitol, sorbitol and the like; for oral administration in liquid form, the oral drug components can be combined with any oral, non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable inert carrier such as ethanol, glycerol, water and the like. Moreover, when desired or necessary, suitable binders, lubricants, distintegrating agents and coloring agents can also be inco ⁇ orated into the mixture.
- suitable binders, lubricants, distintegrating agents and coloring agents can also be inco ⁇ orated into the mixture.
- Suitable binders include starch, gelatin, natural sugars such as glucose or beta- lactose, corn-sweeteners, natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, tragacanth or sodium alginate, carboxymethylcellulose, polyethylene glycol, waxes and the like.
- Lubricants used in these dosage forms include sodium oleate, sodium stearate, magnesium stearate, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride and the like.
- Disintegrators include, without limitation, starch methyl cellulose, agar, bentonite, xanthan gum and the like.
- the compounds of the present invention can also be administered in the form of liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles and multilamellar vesicles.
- Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, such as cholesterol, stearylamine or phosphatidylcholines.
- Compounds of the present invention may also be delivered by the use of monoclonal antibodies as individual carriers to which the compound molecules are coupled.
- the compounds of the present invention may also be coupled with soluble polymers as targetable drug carriers.
- Such polymers can include polyvinylpyrrolidone, pyran copolymer, polyhydroxy-propyl-methacrylamide-phenol, polyhydroxy- ethyl-aspartamide-phenol, or polyethyleneoxide-polylysine substituted with palmitoyl residues.
- the compounds of the present invention may be coupled to a class of biodegradable polymers useful in achieving controlled release of a drug, for example, polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid, copolymers of polylactic and polyglycolic acid, polyepsilon caprolactone, polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacrylates and cross linked or amphipathic block copolymers of hydrogels.
- a drug for example, polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid, copolymers of polylactic and polyglycolic acid, polyepsilon caprolactone, polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacrylates and cross linked or amphipathic block copolymers of hydrogels.
- the compounds of the present invention can also be co- administered with suitable anticoagulation agents or thrombolytic agents such as plasminogen activators or streptokinase to achieve synergistic effects in the treatment of various vascular pathologies. They may also be combined with heparin, aspirin, or warfarin.
- suitable anticoagulation agents or thrombolytic agents such as plasminogen activators or streptokinase to achieve synergistic effects in the treatment of various vascular pathologies. They may also be combined with heparin, aspirin, or warfarin.
- novel compounds of the present invention were prepared according to the procedure of the following examples.
- the most preferred compounds of the invention are any or all of those specifically set forth in these examples. These compounds are not, however, to be construed as forming the only genus that is considered as the invention, and any combination of the compounds or their moieties may itself form a genus.
- the following examples further illustrate details for the preparation of the compounds of the present invention. Those skilled in the art will readily understand that known variations of the conditions and processes of the following preparative procedures can be used to prepare these compounds. All temperatures are degrees Celsius unless otherwise noted. SCHEME
- N-Boc-glvcyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido- ⁇ -alanine t-butyl ester (1 -6)
- N-Boc-glycine 255 mg, 1.5 mmol was dissolved in 7.4 mL EtOAc, cooled to -15°C, then NMM (179 ⁇ L, 1.6 mmol) and isobutyl chloroformate (21 1 ⁇ L, 1.6 mmol) were added.
- amine _L5 500 mg, 1.5 mmol
- additional NMM 422 ⁇ L, 3.2 mmol
- Ester L8 (365 mg, 0.69 mmol) was dissolved in CH2CI2 (3.5 mL), then TFA (3.5 mL) was added. After 5 h the reaction mixture was concentrated, azeotroped with toluene, then purified by sequential flash chromatography (silica, 22:20: 1 : 1 EtOAc/EtOH/H2 ⁇ /NH4 ⁇ H, then silica, 4:1:1 CH2Cl2/MeOH/HOAc, then 7:1:1 CH2Cl2/MeOH/HOAc), providing L9 as a white solid.
- Amino acid l -2a ( 1.0 g, 4.1 mmol) was suspended in 20 mL EtOH, cooled to 0°C, and SOC12 ( 1.5 mL, 21 mmol) was added dropwise. After stirring at RT overnight the mixture was concentrated, triturated with Et2 ⁇ (2x), and dried, providing 3 ⁇ 4 ( 1.26 g) as a hygroscopic yellow solid.
- Ester 1-1 (220 mg, 0.51 mmol) and 1 N NaOH ( 1.3 mL, 1.3 mmol) were combined in 5 mL MeOH. After 3 d the reaction mixture was concentrated, purified by flash chromatography (silica, 9: 1 : 1 CH2Cl2/MeOH/HOAc), then preparative HPLC (Cl 8, 0.1 % TFA in CH3CN/H2O), providing, after lyophilization, acid 2 ⁇ 3 as a white solid.
- N-Cbz-glycine (339 mg, 1.62 mmol) was dissolved in 8 mL EtOAc, cooled to -15°C, then NMM (196 ⁇ L, 1.8 mmol) and isobutyl chloroformate (230 ⁇ L, 1.8 mmol) were added. After 20 min, the mixed anhydride solution was added to amine ⁇ 4 (0.50 mg, 1.6 mmol) suspended in 5 mL EtOAc and the reaction was warmed to RT for 90 min. Following dilution with EtOAc, the mixture was washed with water, sat. NaHC ⁇ 3, 5% KHSO4, and brine, dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, 75 % EtOAc/hexane) provided amide 3 ⁇ 5 as a colorless oil.
- Ester 7 (59 mg, 0.12 mmol) was dissolved in 1 mL THF, then 1 N LiOH (0.29 mL, 0.29 mmol) was added. After stirring overnight the reaction was concentrated, the mixture was concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, 22:20: 1 : 1 EtOAc/EtOH/H2 ⁇ /NH4 ⁇ H), followed by prep. HPLC (C-18, 0.1 % TFA/CH3CN/H2O) and lyophilization provided 3 ⁇ as a white solid.
- Ester 4 2 (91 mg, 0.24 mmol) was dissolved in 2.4 mL EtOH, and 1 N NaOH (0.60 mL, 0.60 mmol) was added. After 45 min the mixture was concentrated, then diluted with EtOAc, washes with 10 % KHSO4 and brine, dried (MgS ⁇ 4) filtered and reconcentrated, providing acid 4 ⁇ 3 as a glass.
- Ester 4-5 (20 mg, 34 ⁇ mol) was dissolved in 350 ⁇ L EtOH, then 1 N NaOH (85 ⁇ L, 85 ⁇ mol) was added. After 2 h the reaction was diluted with EtOAc, washed with 10 % KHSO4 and brine, dried (MgS ⁇ 4), filtered and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in 1 mL CH2CI2, treated with 1 mL TFA for 1 h, then concentrated and azeotroped with toluene. Flash chromatography (silica, 50: 1 : 1 , EtOH/H2 ⁇ /NH4 ⁇ H) provided 4-6 as an off-white solid.
- Methylpyridine 5 ⁇ 2 (4.0 g, 19.2 mmol) was dissolved in 40 mL THF, cooled to -23°C, and LDA (2 M, 24 mL, 48 mmol) was added dropwise. After 30 min the mixture was cooled to -78°C and allyl bromide (2.49 mL, 2.88 mmol) was added dropwise. After 15 min more, the reaction was quenched with sat. NH4CI, warmed to RT, diluted with EtOAc, and the organic layer was washed with brine. After drying (MgS ⁇ 4), filtration and concentration, flash chromatography provided 5 ⁇ 3 as a yellow oil. TLC Rf 0.40 (silica, 75 % CH2Cl2/hexane)
- Ester 6 ⁇ _ (324 mg, 1.22 mmol) was dissolved in 6 mL EtOH, then 1 N NaOH (2.4 mL, 2.4 mmol) was added. After stirring overnight the mixture was concentrated, rediluted with EtOAc, extracted into 10 % KHSO4, then concentrated, providing acid 6-2. along with inorganic salts.
- Ester 6 ⁇ 3 (400 mg, 0.84 mmol) was dissolved in 4 mL EtOH, then 1 N NaOH (1 .7 mL, 1.7 mmol) was added. After 90 min the reaction was neutralized with 1 N HCl ( 1.7 mL, 1.7 mmol) and concentrated to an oil. Flash chromatography (silica, 50: 1 : 1 EtOH/H2 ⁇ /NH4 ⁇ H, then again with 12: 10: 1 : 1 EtOAc/EtOH/H2 ⁇ /NH4 ⁇ H) provided 6 .
- Acid 4 ⁇ _ (0.86 g, 3.1 mmol), amine 7 2 (0.48 g. 3.4 mmol), NMM ( 1.35 mL, 12.3 mmol) and BOP (2.04 g, 4.61 mmol) were combined in 15 mL DMF. After stirring overnight the mixture was concentrated, redissolved in EtOAc, washed with water, 5 % KHSO4, sat. NaHC03 and brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, 50 % EtOAc/hexane) provided 7 ⁇ as a colorless oil.
- aqueous phase was adjusted to pH 3 with aq. NaOH, then reextracted with EtOAc (2x).
- the combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated, providing
- Acid 7_ ⁇ _ (415 mg, 1.1 mmol), amine hydrochloride J (see procedure in EP 478 362 utilizing Boc-Gly(OEt) as starting material) (284 mg, 1.1 mmol), NMM (0.48 mL, 4.4 mmol) and BOP (729 mg, 1.65 mmol) were combined in 5 mL DMF. After stirring overnight the reaction was concentrated, redissolved in EtOAc, washed with water, 5 % KHS04, sat. NaHC ⁇ 3, and brine, dried (MgS ⁇ 4), filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, EtOAc) provided 7 ⁇ 6 as a colorless waxy solid. TLC Rf 0.39 (silica, EtOAc)
- Ester XL (100 mg, 0.18 mmol) was dissolved in 4 mL THF, then treated with 1 N LiOH (0.9 mL, 0.9 mmol). After stirring overnight the mixture was concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (silica, 15:20: 1 : 1 EtOAc/EtOH/H2 ⁇ /NH4 ⁇ H) to provide 7 ⁇ 8 as a white solid.
- Ester R ⁇ _ (223 mg, 0.36 mmol) was dissolved in 4 mL EtOH, then 1 N NaOH (0.90 mL, 0.90 mmol) was added. After a few hours the reaction was diluted with EtOAc, extracted with water and the pH of the aq. phase was adjusted to 1 with 10 % KHSO4. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2x), the combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried (MgS ⁇ 4), filtered and concentrated, providing 8-2 as an oil. TLC Rf 0.64 (silica, 9: 1 : 1 CH2Cl2/MeOH/HOAc)
- Acid 7 ⁇ 4 100 mg, 0.26 mmol
- NMM 1 17 ⁇ L, 1.1 mmol
- BOP 176 mg, 0.40 mmol
- the mixture was concentrated, redissolved in EtOAc, washed with water (2x), 5 % KHSO4, sat. NaHC ⁇ 3, and brine, dried (MgS ⁇ 4), filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, EtOAc) provided 9 ⁇ 2 as a colorless oil.
- ester 1N4 (1.8 g, 3.84 mmol), I N NaOH (6 ml, 6 mmol) and EtOH ( 10 ml) was stirred at ambient temperature for 30 minutes. The solution was acidified with 10% KHSO4 and then extracted with EtOAc. The EtOAc phase was washed with brine, dried (MgS ⁇ 4) and concentrated to furnish acid 1 1-5 as a yellow solid.
- ester 12- 1 (2.5 g, 12.0 mmol) was dissolved in 10 ml
- the alkoxy pyridine 12-3 (298 mg, 1.36 mmol) and amine 1 1 -3 (450 mg, 1.36 mmol) were combined with EDC (260 mg, 136 mmol), HOBT (208 mg, 136 mmol), in DMF (30 ml) and stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The solution was then diluted with ethyl acetate (200 ml) and washed with sat. NaHC ⁇ 3 (2 x 100 ml) and brine ( 100 ml). The organic layer was dried (Na2S04), filtered, and evaporated and the residue chromatographed on silica gel (3% CH3OH/CH2CI2) to give 12-4 as a colorless glass.
- Acid salt 12-5 (352 mg, 0.93 mmol) and amino ester 7 ⁇ 5 (240 mg, 193 mmol), HOBT (142 mg, 0.93 mmol), EDC ( 198 mg, 0.93 mmol), and triethylamine (130 ⁇ l, 0.93 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (15 ml) and stirred at room temperature for 18 h. The solution was diluted with ethyl acetate (200 ml) washed with sat. NaHC03, water and brine (100 ml each), dried (Na2S ⁇ 4) and concentrated to give a colorless oil. Chromatography on silica gel afforded 12-6 as a colorless glass.
- N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)glycine 14-3 (Aldrich) was coupled with 14-4 according to the procedure described for the preparation of
- the title compound 14-6 was purified by column chromatography (silica, hexane/EtOAc 1 : 1 ). Rf (silica, hexane/EtOAc 1 : 1 ) 0.22.
- N-(t-Butoxycarbonyl)glycine 14-3 (Aldrich) was coupled with 3(R)-methyl- ⁇ -alanine benzyl ester 0.5 H2SO4 1 1 -7 (Celgene) according to the procedure described for the preparation of 14-5.
- the title product 15- 1 was then obtained by chromatography (silica, hexane/EtOAc 2:3). Rf (silica, hexane/EtOAc 1 : 1 ) 0.3.
- Ethyl 3-aminobenzoate 16- 1 (Aldrich, 24.3 g, 0.147 mol) and bis (2-chloroethyl)amine hydrochloride 16-2 (Aldrich, 26.3 g, 0.147 mol) were heated at reflux in 500 mL n-butanol for 24 h. The solution was concentrated in vacuo, the residue was taken up in EtOAc and washed successively with saturated aqueous NaHC03 then brine.
- the acid 17-1 was coupled with 3(S)-ethynyl- ⁇ -alanine ethyl ester hydrochloride (Zablocki et al., J. Med. Chem., 1995, 38, 2378-2394) using standard peptide coupling conditions. The product was then fully deprotected using previously described methodology to give, after reverse phase chromotography, 17-4 as the trifluoroacetate salt.
- Ester 19-9 (69 mg, 0.17 mmol) was dissolved in 1 mL CH2CI2 at 0°C, 1 mL TFA was added, and the reaction was warmed to ambient temperature for 6 hr. After concentrating and azeotroping with toluene, flash chromatography (silica, 7:20: 1 : 1 EtOAc/EtOH/H2 ⁇ /NH4 ⁇ H) provided 19-10 as a white solid.
Landscapes
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Vascular Medicine (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
- Thiazole And Isothizaole Compounds (AREA)
- Pyridine Compounds (AREA)
- Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
- Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
Abstract
Fibrinogen receptor antagonists having formula (I), for example (a), which are useful for inhibiting the binding of fibrinogen to blood platelets and for inhibiting the aggregation of blood platelets.
Description
TITLE OF THE INVENTION INTEGRIN RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION The invention relates generally to modulating cell adhesion and to inhibiting the binding of fibrinogen and other proteins to blood platelets, and inhibiting the aggregation of blood platelets specifically to the gp Ilb/IIIa fibrinogen receptor site. Fibrinogen is a glycoprotein present in blood plasma that participates in platelet aggregation and in fibrin formation. Platelets are cell-like anucleated fragments, found in the blood of all mammals, that also participate in blood coagulation. Interaction of fibrinogen with the Ilb/IIIa receptor site is known to be essential for normal platelet function.
When a blood vessel is damaged by an injury or other causative factor, platelets adhere to the disrupted subendothethial surface. The adherent platelets subsequently release biologically active constituents and aggregate. Aggregation is initiated by the binding of agonists, such as thrombin, epinephrine, or ADP to specific platelet membrane receptors. Stimulation by agonists results in exposure of latent fibrinogen receptors on the platelet surface, and binding of fibrinogen to the glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa receptor complex.
Attempts have been made to use natural products and synthetic peptides to determine the mechanism of adhesion and platelet aggregation. For example, Rouslahti and Pierschbacher in Science, 238, 491 -497 (1987), describe adhesive proteins such as fibronectin, vitronectin, osteopontin, collagens, thrombospondin, fibrinogen, and von Willebrand factor that are present in extracellular matrices and in blood. The proteins contain the tripeptide arginine-glycine-aspartic acid (RGD) as their glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa recognition site. These arginine- glycine-aspartic acid containing tripeptides are recognized by at least one member of a family of structurally related receptors, integrins, which are heterodimeric proteins with two membrane -spanning subunits. The authors state that the conformation of the tripeptide
sequence in the individual proteins may be critical to recognition specificity.
Cheresh in Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. U.S.A.. 84, 6471 -6475, ( 1987), describes an Arg-Gly-Asp directed adhesion receptor expressed by human endothethial cells that is structurally similar to the Ilb IIIa complex on platelets but is antigenically and functionally distinct. This receptor is directly involved in endothelial cell attachment to fibrinogen, von Willebrand factor, and vitronectin.
Pierschbacher and Rouslahti, in J. of Biol. Chem., 262, (36), 17294- 17298 ( 1987) hypothesized that the Arg-Gly-Asp sequence alone would be a sufficient signal for receptor recognition and binding and that, therefore, the conformation of the tri-peptide sequence would be determinative. Various synthetic peptides were produced and the authors concluded that the sterochemical conformation of Arg-Gly-Asp as influenced by enantiomeric substitutions or additions to this sequence significantly influenced receptor-ligand interaction. The authors further showed that cyclization of a decapeptide by forming a disulfide bridge between non-terminal residues Pen and Cys, rendered the peptide much less effective at inhibiting attachment to fibronectin. In Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 81 , 5985-5988 ( 1984), the same authors describe tetrapeptide variants of the cell recognition site of fibronectin that retain attachment-promoting activity. Peptides having a tetrapeptide recognition site are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,589,881 and 4,614,517. A number of large polypeptide fragments in the cell- binding domain of fibronectin have cell-attachment activity. For example, see U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,517,686, 4,661 , 1 1 1 and U.S. Pat. No. 4,578,079.
Ruggeri et al., Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 83, 5708- 5712 (1986) explore a series of synthetic peptides designed in lengths to 16 residues, that contain RGD and a valine attached to the aspartic acid residue of RGD that inhibit fibrinogen binding to platelets. See also Koczewiak et al., Biochem., 23, 1767-1774 ( 1984); Ginsberg et al.,
J. Biol. Chem., 260(7), 3931 -3936 (1985); and Haverstick et al., Blood, 66(4), 946-952 (1985). Other inhibitors are disclosed in Eur. Pat. App. Nos. 275,748 and 298,820.
A number of low molecular weight polypeptide factors have been isolated from snake venom. These factors apparently have high affinity for the gp Ilb/IIIa complex. For example, Huang et al., J. Biol Chem., 262, 16157-16163 (1987); Huang et al, Biochemistry, 28, 661 -666 (1989) describe the primary structure of the venom trigramin which is a 72 amino acid polypeptide that contains the RGD subunit. Echistatin is another compound which has high affinity for the gp
Ilb/IIIa complex. This polypeptide contains 49 amino acids and has the RGD subunit and various disulfide bridges. Gan et al., J. Biol. Chem., 263, 19827- 19832 (1988). See also, Dennis et al., Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA, 87, 2471-2475 (1989). However, these snake venom factors also have high affinity for other members of the adhesive protein receptor family including the vitronectin and fibronectin receptors so are not selective for the gp Ilb/IIIa complex.
While it is known that the tripeptide sequence Arg-Gly-Asp is present in certain polypeptides that can duplicate or inhibit the cell attachment-promoting effects of fibronectin and vitronectin, the tripeptide Arg-Gly-Asp has low activity. At present, there is little understanding of how other amino acids coupled to this sequence influence binding specificity. U.S. Pat. No 5,023,233, assigned to Merck & Co., Inc., discloses small cyclic hexapeptides which contain the sequence Arg-Gly-Asp and are useful platelet aggregation inhibitors. U.S. Pat. No. 5,037,808 discloses the use of indolyl platelet-aggregation inhibitors which are believed to act by antagonizing interactions between fibrinogen and/or extracellular matrix proteins and the platelet gp Ilb/IIIa receptor. U.S. Pat. No. 5,037,808 discloses guanidino peptide mimetic compounds that retain an Asp residue which inhibit platelet aggregation. The application PCT/US90/02746 describes the use of antibody-poly-peptide conjugates wherein said polypeptides contain the Arg-Gly-Asp (RGD) sequence.
The application PCT/US91/00564 discloses the use of large cyclic peptides containing RGD flanked by proline residues which are platelet aggregation inhibitors. The application PCT/US90/03788 discloses small cyclic platelet aggregation inhibitors which are synthetic cyclic pentapeptides containing the tripeptide sequence Arg-Gly-Asp and a thioether linkage in the cycle. The application PCT/US90/05367 published May 2, 1991 also discloses the use of peptides and pseudopeptides such as N-amidino-piperidine-3-carboxylglycyl-L- aspartyl-L-valine that inhibit platelet aggregation and thrombus formation in mammalian blood. The application Eur. Pat. App. No. 91 103462.7 discloses linear compounds which can include internal piperazinyl or piperidinyl derivatives. Eur. Pat. App. No. 91300179.8, assigned to Merck & Co., Inc., and published on July 17, 1991 discloses linear polypeptide fibrinogen receptor antagonists. Eur. Pat. App. No. 90101404.3 discloses compounds of the Rl -A-(W)a-X-(CH2)b-(Y)c-B- Z-COOR wherein Rl is a guandidino or amidino moiety and A and B are chosen from specific monosubstituted aryl or heterocyclic moieties.
While a multitude of compounds or peptide analogs believed to inhibit platelet aggregation by inhibiting binding to a blood platelet by fibrinogen are known, the present invention provides novel fibrinogen receptor antagonists that have significant binding activity and are, therefore, useful for the reasons stated herein. A number of very serious diseases and disorders involve hyperthrombotic complications which lead to intravascular thrombi and emboli. Myocardial infarction, stroke, phlebitis and a number of other serious conditions create the need for novel and effective fibrinogen receptor antagonists.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The invention is a compound of the formula:
O O R4
II II I
X-(CH2)m-Y-(CH2)n-C-N-CH2-C-NH-CH-CH-C02R6 R3 R5
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein Xis a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic aromatic ring system containing 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S and either unsubstituted or substituted with Rl or R^, or
a 9- to 10-membered polycyclic ring system, wherein one or more of the rings is aromatic, containing 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S and either unsubstituted or substituted with R' or R^,
wherein Rl and R^ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, I, Cl-lO alkyl,
C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, aryl Cl-8 alkyl, amino, amino C 1-8 alkyl,
Cl-3 acylamino,
Cl-3 acylamino Cl-8 alkyl,
Cl-6 alkylamino,
Cl-6 alkylamino Cl-8 alkyl, C 1 -6 dialkylamino,
Cl-6 dialkylamino Cl-8 alkyl,
Cl-4 alkoxy,
Cl-4 alkoxy Cl-6 alkyl, carboxy, carboxy Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-3 alkoxycarbonyl,
Cl-3 alkoxycarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, carboxy Cl-6 alkyloxy and
hydroxy, hydroxy Cl-6 alkyl;
o NHR1
II
-(CH2)0-6- I R8
-C≡C- •C = ( c- , c- . N - ■O-
I R7
- S02NH- , -NHS02- ,
where Z is O, NR8, or S; and R8 is defined as R1 above;
and R4 are independently hydrogen, a five or six membered mono or polycyclic aromatic ring system containing 0, 1,2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, either unsubstituted or substituted, with one or more groups selected from hydroxyl, halogen, cyano, trifluoromethyl, Cl-3 alkoxy, Cl-5 alkylcarbonyloxy, Cl-5 alkoxycarbonyl, Cl-5 alkyl, aminoCl-5 alkyl, hydroxy carbonyl, hydroxycarbonylCl-5 alkyl, or hydroxycarbonylCl-5 alkoxy,
-(CH2)n-aryl, wherein n=l-4 and aryl is defined as a five or six membered mono or polycyclic aromatic ring system containing 0, 1,2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, either unsubstituted or substituted, with one or more groups selected from hydroxyl, halogen, cyano, trifluoromethyl, Cl-3 alkoxy, Cl-5 alkylcarbonyloxy, Cl-5 alkoxycarbonyl, Cl- alkyl, aminoCj-5 alkyl, hydroxycarbonyl, hydroxycarbonylCl-5 alkyl, or hydroxycarbonylCl-5 alkoxy, halogen, hydroxyl,
C 1 -5alkylcarbonylamino, arylCl-5 alkoxy,
Cl-5 alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl,
Cl-5 alkylaminocarbonyl,
Cl-5 alkylcarbonyloxy,
C3-8 cycloalkyl, oxo, amino,
Cl-3 alkylamino, aminoCl-3 alkyl, arylaminocarbonyl, ary IC l -5alky laminocarbony 1 , aminocarbonyl, aminocarbonyl-Cl-4 alkyl, hydroxycarbonyl, hydroxycarbonyl Cl-5 alkyl,
Ci-6alkyl, either unsubstituted or substituted, with one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl,
Cl-5alkylcarbonylamino, arylCl-5 alkoxy,
Cl-5 alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl,
Cl-5 alkylaminocarbonyl,
Cl-5 alkylcarbonyloxy, C3-8 cycloalkyl, oxo, amino,
Cl-3 alkylamino, aminoCl-3 alkyl, arylaminocarbonyl, arylCi -5alkylaminocarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminocarbonyl-Ci-4 alkyl, hydroxycarbonyl, or hydroxycarbonyl Cl-5 alkyl, provided that the carbon atom to which R^ and R^ are attached bears only one heteroatom,
-(CH2)m OCH,
-(CH2)mC≡C-C 1-6 alkyl,
-(CH2)m C≡C-C3-7cycloaIkyl, -(CH2)m C≡C- aryl,
-(CH2)mOC-Cl-6 alkyl aryl,
-(CH2)m CH=CH2,
-(CH2)mCH=CH Cl-6 alkyl,
-(CH2)m CH=CH-C3-7cycloalkyl, -(CH2)m CH=CH aryl,
-(CH2)m CH=CH Cl-6 alkyl aryl,
-(CH2)mS02Cl-6 alkyl, or
-(CH2)mS02Ci-6alkylaryl;
hydrogen, fluorine,
Cl-8 alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxy Cl-6 alkyl, carboxy, carboxy Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-6 alkyloxy.
C3- cycloalkyl, aryl Cl-6 alkyloxy, aryl, aryl Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-6 alkylcarbonyloxy, amino,
amino Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-6 alkylamino,
Cl-6 alkylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl amino, aryl amino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl carbonyloxy, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonyloxy, Cl-6 dialkylamino,
Cl-6 dialkylamino Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-6 alkylaminocarbonyloxy,
Cl-8 alkylsulfonylamino,
Cl-8 alkylsulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl sulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-8 alkyloxycarbonylamino,
Cl-8 alkyloxycarbonylamino Cl-8 alkyl, aryl oxycarbonylamino Cl-8 alkyl, aryl Cl-8 alkyloxycarbonylamino, aryl Cl-8 alkyloxycarbonylamino Cl-8 alkyl,
Cl-8 alkylcarbonylamino,
Cl-8 alkylcarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl carbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aminocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylamino, Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl aminocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylamino, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aminosulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino,
Cl-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl aminosulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl,
Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl Cl_6alkyl, aryl sulfonyl Cl-6alkyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl Cl-6alkyl,
Cl-6 alkylcarbonyl,
Cl-6 alkylcarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, aryl carbonyl Cl-6alkyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonyl Cl-6alkyl,
Cl-6 alkylthiocarbonylamino,
Cl-6 alkylthiocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl thiocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylthiocarbonylamino, aryl C 1 -6 alkylthiocarbonylamino C l -6 alkyl, aminocarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, or
Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonyl, or
Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, or aryl aminocarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonyl, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, wherein alkyl groups and aryl groups may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents selected from R 1 and R^; and
RD and R^ are independently hydrogen, Cl-8 alkyl, aryl, aryl Cl-8 alkyl,
hydroxy, Cl -8 alkyloxy, aryloxy, aryl Cl -6 alkyloxy, Cl -8 alkylcarbonyloxy Cl -4 alkyloxy, aryl C] -8 alkylcarbonyloxy Cl -4 alkyloxy, Cl -8 alkylaminocarbonylmethyleneoxy, or C l -8 dialky laminocarbonylmethyleneoxy where m and n are integers 0-6.
In a class of compounds of the invention are compounds of the formula:
O O R4
II II I
X-(CH2)m-Y-(CH2)n-C-N-CH2-C-NH-CH-CH-C02R6
R3 R5
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein
X is
wherein n is 2-4, and n' is 2 or 3, and wherein Rl and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, I,
Cl -lO alkyl,
C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, aryl C l -8 alkyl,
amino, amino Cl-8 alkyl, Cl-3 acylamino, Cl-3 acylamino Cl-8 alkyl, Cl-6 alkylamino,
Cl-6 alkylamino Cl-8 alkyl, Cl-6 dialkylamino, Cl-6 dialkylamino Cl-8 alkyl, Cl-4 alkoxy, Cl-4 alkoxy Cl-6 alkyl, carboxy, carboxy Cl-6 alkyl, Cl-3 alkoxycarbonyl, Cl-3 alkoxycarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, carboxy Cl-6 alkyloxy and hydroxy, hydroxy Cl-6 alkyl;
R5js hydrogen, fluorine,
Cl-8 alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxy Cl-6 alkyl, carboxy, carboxy Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-6 alkyloxy.
C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl Cl-6 alkyloxy, aryl, aryl C i -6 alkyl,
Cl-6 alkylcarbonyloxy, amino,
Cl-6 alkylamino,
amino Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-6 alkylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl amino, aryl amino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl carbonyloxy, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonyloxy,
Cl-6 dialkylamino, Cl-6 dialkylamino Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-6 alkylaminocarbonyloxy,
Cl-8 alkylsulfonylamino,
Cl-8 alkylsulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl sulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl sulfonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-8 alkyloxycarbonylamino,
Cl-8 alkyloxycarbonylamino Cl-8 alkyl, aryl Cl-8 alkyloxycarbonylamino, aryl oxycarbonylamino, aryl oxycarbonylamino Cl-8 alkyl, aryl Cl-8 alkyloxycarbonylamino Cl-8 alkyl,
C 1 -8 alkylcarbonylamino, Cl-8 alkylcarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl carbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl carbonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl aminocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl,
aryl aminocarbonylamino, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylamino, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aminosulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aminosulfonylamino,
Cl-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino,
Cl-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl aminosulfonylamino Cj-6 alkyl, aryl aminosulfonylamino, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl,
Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl Cι_6alkyl, aryl sulfonyl, aryl sulfonyl Cl-6alkyl, aryl alkylsulfonyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl Cl-6alkyl,
Cl-6 alkylcarbonyl, Cl-6 alkylcarbonyl C l -6 alkyl, aryl carbonyl Cl-6alkyl, aryl carbonyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonyl Cl-6alkyl, Cl-6 alkylthiocarbonylamino,
Cl-6 alkylthiocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl thiocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl thiocarbonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylthiocarbonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylthiocarbonylamino C]-6 alkyl, aminocarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, aminocarbonyl,
Cl- alkylaminocarbonyl,
Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl,
aryl aminocarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, aryl aminocarbonyl, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonyl, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, wherein alkyl groups and aryl groups may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents selected from Rl and R-; and
R° and R^ are independently hydrogen, Cl-8 alkyl, aryl Cl-8 alkyl, hydroxy,
Cl-8 alkyloxy, aryl, aryl Cl-6 alkyloxy,
Cl-8 alkylcarbonyloxy Cl-4 alkyloxy, aryl Cl-8 alkylcarbonyloxy Cl-4 alkyloxy,
Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylmethyleneoxy, or
Cl-8 dialkylaminocarbonylmethyleneoxy, where m and n are integers 0-6.
In a subclass of the class of compounds described above are compounds of the formula
O O R4
II II I
X-(CH2)m-Y-(CH2)n-C-N-CH2-C-NH-CH-CH-C02R6
R3 R5
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein Xis
Cl -10 alkyl,
C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, aryl Cl -8 alkyl, amino, amino Cl -8 alkyl,
Cl -3 acylamino,
Cl-3 acylamino Cl-8 alkyl, Cl- alkylamino, Cl-6 alkylamino Cl-8 alkyl, Cl-6 dialkylamino, Cl-6 dialkylamino Cl-8 alkyl,
Cl-4 alkoxy, Cl-4 alkoxy Cl-6 alkyl, carboxy, carboxy Cl-6 alkyl, Cl-3 alkoxycarbonyl,
Cl-3 alkoxycarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, carboxy Cl-6 alkyloxy and hydroxy, hydroxy Cl-6 alkyl;
O NHR6 B
(cu \ II
-^H2)0-6- , -C≡C- , -C = C~ . -C- , -c- ■ -N- , -0-,
R7
O O R8
-S02NH- , -NHS02- , -N-d- , -c-N-
where Z is O, NR8, or S; and R8 is defined as R1 above;
R4 are independently hydrogen, a five or six membered mono or polycyclic aromatic ring system containing 0, 1 , 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, either unsubstituted or substituted, with one or more groups selected from hydroxyl, halogen, cyano, trifluoromethyl, Cl -3 alkoxy, Cl-5 alkylcarbonyloxy, Cl-5 alkoxycarbonyl, Cl-5 alkyl, aminoCl -5 alkyl, hydroxycarbonyl, hydroxycarbonylCi -5 alkyl, or hydroxycarbonylCl -5 alkoxy,
-(CH2)n-aryl, wherein n= l -4 and aryl is defined as a five or six membered mono or polycyclic aromatic ring system containing 0, 1 , 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, either unsubstituted or substituted, with one or more groups selected from hydroxyl, halogen, cyano, trifluoromethyl, Cl -3 alkoxy, Cl-5 alkylcarbonyloxy, Cl -5 alkoxycarbonyl, Cl -5 alkyl, aminoCl -5 alkyl, hydroxycarbonyl, hydroxycarbonylCl -5 alkyl, or hydroxycarbonylCl -5 alkoxy, halogen, hydroxyl,
C l -5alky lcarbonylamino, arylC l -5 alkoxy, Cl-5 alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl,
Cl -5 alkylaminocarbonyl, C l -5 alkylcarbonyloxy, C3-8 cycloalkyl, oxo, amino,
Cl-3 alkylamino, aminoC l -3 alkyl, arylaminocarbonyl, ary IC l -5alkylaminocarbonyl,
aminocarbonyl-Cl-4 alkyl, hydroxycarbonyl, hydroxycarbonyl Cl-5 alkyl,
Cl-6alkyl, either unsubstituted or substituted, with one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl,
Cl-5alkylcarbonylamino, arylCl-5 alkoxy, Cl-5 alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, Cl-5 alkylaminocarbonyl,
Cl-5 alkylcarbonyloxy, C3-8 cycloalkyl, oxo, amino, Cl-3 alkylamino, aminoCl-3 alkyl, arylaminocarbonyl, arylCi -5alkylaminocarbonyl, aminocarbonyl-Cl-4 alkyl, hydroxycarbonyl, or hydroxycarbonyl Cl-5 alkyl, provided that the carbon atom to which R3 and R^ are attached bears only one heteroatom,
-(CH2)m C≡CH,
-(CH2)mC≡C-C 1-6 alkyl,
-(CH2)m C≡C-C3-7cycloalkyl,
-(CH2)m C≡C- aryl, -(CH2)m C≡C-C l -6 alkyl aryl,
-(CH2)m CH=CH2,
-(CH2)mCH=CH Cl-6 alkyl,
-(CH2)m CH=CH-C3-7cycloalkyl,
-(CH2)m CH=CH aryl, -(CH2)m CH=CH Cl-6 alkyl aryl,
-(CH2)mSθ2Cι_6alkyl,or
-(CH2)mSθ2Cl-6alkylaryl;
R^is hydrogen, fluorine, Cl-8 alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxy Cl-6 alkyl,
carboxy, carboxy Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-6 alkyloxy.
C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl -6 alkyloxy, aryl Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-6 alkylcarbonyloxy, amino Cl-6 alkyl, amino, Cl-6 alkylamino,
Cl-6 alkylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl amino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl amino, aryl Cl-6 alkylamino, aryl C 1 -6 alkylamino C l -6 alkyl, aryl, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonyloxy,
Cl-6 dialkylamino,
Cl-6 dialkylamino Cl-6 alkyl, Cl-6 alkylaminocarbonyloxy,
C]-8 alkylsulfonylamino,
Cl-8 alkylsulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl sulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl sulfonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-8 alkyloxycarbonylamino,
Cl-8 alkyloxycarbonylamino Cl-8 alkyl, aryl oxycarbonylamino Cl-8 alkyl, aryl oxycarbonylamino, aryl Cl-8 alkyloxycarbonylamino, aryl Cl-8 alkyloxycarbonylamino Cl-8 alkyl,
Cl-8 alkylcarbonylamino,
Cl-8 alkylcarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl,
aryl carbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl carbonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aminocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aminocarbonylamino,
Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylamino,
Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl aminocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl aminocarbonylamino, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylamino, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aminosulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aminosulfonylamino, Cl-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino,
Cl-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl aminosulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl aminosulfonylamino, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino, aryl C l -8 alkylaminosulfonylamino C l -6 alkyl,
Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl,
Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl Ci-6alkyl, aryl sulfonyl Cl_6alkyl, aryl sulfonyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl Cl-6alkyl,
Cl-6 alkylcarbonyl,
Cl-6 alkylcarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, aryl carbonyl Cl-6alkyl, aryl carbonyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonyl Cl-6alkyl,
Cl-6 alkylthiocarbonylamino,
Cl-6 alkylthiocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl,
aryl thiocarbonylamino Cj-6 alkyl, aryl thiocarbonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylthiocarbonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylthiocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aminocarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, aminocarbonyl,
Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonyl,
Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, aryl aminocarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, aryl aminocarbonyl, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonyl, or aryl Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, wherein alkyl groups and aryl groups may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents selected from Rl and R^; and
R° and R are independently hydrogen,
Cl-8 alkyl, aryl, aryl Cl-8 alkyl, hydroxy,
Cl-8 alkyloxy, aryl oxy, aryl Cl-6 alkyloxy, Cl-8 alkylcarbonyloxy Cl-4 alkyloxy, aryl Cl-8 alkylcarbonyloxy Cl-4 alkyloxy,
Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylmethyleneoxy, or
Cl-8 dialkylaminocarbonylmethyleneoxy, where m and n are integers 0-6.
In a group of the subclass are compounds having the formula
O O R'
X is
0 R8 R
II '
-(CH2)0-4- C-N -0-. or -N-
R^ is hydrogen or aryl Cθ-8 alkyl; R3 is hydrogen, a six membered monocyclic aromatic ring system, either unsubstituted or substituted, with one or more groups selected from hydroxyl, halogen, cyano, trifluoromethyl, Cl-3 alkoxy, Cl -5 alkylcarbonyloxy, -5 alkoxycarbonyl, C i -5 alkyl, aminoCi -5 alkyl, hydroxycarbonyl, hydroxycarbonylCi-5 alkyl, or hydroxycarbonylCi -5 alkoxy, -(CH2)n-aryl, wherein n=l -4 and aryl is defined as a six membered monocyclic aromatic ring system, either unsubstituted or substituted, with one or more groups selected from hydroxyl, halogen, cyano, trifluoromethyl, Cl-3 alkoxy, Cl -5 alkylcarbonyloxy, Cj _5 alkoxycarbonyl, C} -5 alkyl, aminoCl -5 alkyl, hydroxycarbonyl, hydroxycarbonylCl -5 alkyl, or hydroxycarbonylC] _5 alkoxy,
C3-8 cycloalkyl, or
C i -6alkyl, either unsubstituted or substituted, with C3-8 cycloalkyl; RHs hydrogen,
-(CH2)n-aryl, wherein n=0-4 and aryl is defined as a six membered monocyclic aromatic ring system, either unsubstituted or substituted, with one or more groups selected from hydroxyl, halogen, cyano, trifluoromethyl, Cl -3 alkoxy, Cl -5 alkylcarbonyloxy, C] -5 alkoxycarbonyl,
C l -5 alkyl, aminoCj -5 alkyl, hydroxycarbonylCθ-5 alkyl, or hydroxycarbonylC i -5 alkoxy,
Ci-6alkyl, or -(CH2)0-4 C≡CH;
R5is hydrogen, aryl sulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl sulfonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, Cl-8 alkylsulfonylamino,
Cl-8 alkylsulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl sulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl sulfonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aminosulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aminosulfonylamino,
C]-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino,
Cl-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl aminosulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl aminosulfonylamino, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl, Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl Ci-6alkyl, aryl sulfonyl Cl-6alkyl, aryl sulfonyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl Cl-6alkyl,
wherein alkyl groups and aryl groups may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents selected from R 1 and R2;
R6 i i>s hydrogen,
C l -8 alkyl, or aryl, aryl Cl -8 alkyl;
m is an integer selected from 0 to 6; and n is an integer selected from 0 to 6.
In a subgroup of the group are compounds having the formula
O 0 R'
X-(CH2)m-Y-(CH2)n-C-N-CH2-C-NH-CH-CH-C02R€
R3 R5
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein
X is
H CH,
I
-(CH2)0_4- -O- -N- or -N-
RH hydrogen, methyl,
R4j IS hydrogen, methyl,
-CH2CH2— ^ >
-≡CH;
4-(2-Aminothiazol-4-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido-β- alanine t-butyl ester
4-(2-Aminothiazol-4-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido-β- alanine
4-(2-Aminothiazol-4-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-3(R)-(2-phenethyl)-β-alanine methyl ester
4-(2-Aminothiazol-4-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-3(R)-(2-phenethyl)-β-alanine trifluoroacetate salt
5-(2-Pyridylamino)pentanoylglycyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido-β-alanine ethyl ester
5-(2-Pyridylamino)pentanoylglycyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido-β-alanine trifluoroacetate salt
4-(2-Bocamino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-sarcosine-3(R)-[(2-indol-3- yl)ethyl ]-β-alanine ethyl ester
4-(2-Aminopyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-sarcosine-3(R)-l(2-indol-3-yl)ethyl]- β-alanine
4-(2-Boc-aminopyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido-β- alanine t-butyl ester
4-(2-Aminopyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido-β- alanine
4-(Pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-sarcosine-3(R)-[2-(indol-3-yl)ethylJ-β-alanine ethyl ester
4-(Pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-sarcosine-3(R)-[2-(indol-3-yl)ethyl]-β-alanine
4-(2-Bocamino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)-(2- phenethyl)-β-alanine ethyl ester
4-(2-Amino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylgIycyl-3(R)-(2- phenethyl)-β-alanine ethyl ester hydrochloride
4-(2-Amino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)-(2- phenethyl)-β-alanine
4-(2-Boc-amino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)-f(2- indol-3-yl)ethylj-β-alanine
4-(2-Amino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)-[(2-indol- 3-yl)ethylj-β-alanine
4-(2-Bocamino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)- methyl-β-alanine ethyl ester
4-(2-Amino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)-methyl-β- alanine ethyl ester
4-(2-Amino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)-methyl-β- alanine
4-(Pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-(2-phenylethyl)glycyl-3(R)-(2-phenethyl)- β-alanine ethyl ester
4-(Pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-(2-phenyl)glycyl-3(R)-(2-phenethyl)-β- alanu e
4-(2-BOC-Aminopyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-(2-phenethyl)glycyl-3(R)- methyl-β-alanine benzyl ester
4-(2-BOC-Aminopyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-(2-phenethyl)glycyl-3(R)- methyl-β-alanine
4-(2-Aminopyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-(2-phenethyl)glycyl-3(R)-methyl- β-alanine
4-(Pyridyloxy)butyrate-N-(2-phenethyl)glycyl-3(R)-2-phenethyl-β- alanine ethyl ester
4-(Pyridyloxy)butyrate-N-(2-phenethyl)glycyl-3(R)-2-phenethyl-β- alanine
3-[(N-Methyl)-N-(4-pyridyl)]aminopropionyl-sarcosine-3(R)-(2- phenethyl)-β-alanine ethyl ester
3-[(N-Methyl)-N-(4-pyridyl)Jaminopropionyl-sarcosine-3(R)-(2- phenethyl)-β-alanine
N- { N'-3-(4-t-Butoxycarbony 1- 1 -piperizinyl)benzoyl)glycy 1 } -3(R)- methyl-β-alanine benzyl ester
N-[N'-[3-( 1 -Piperazinyl)benzoyl]glycyl ]-3(R)-methyl-β-alanine trifluoroacetic acid salt
N-fN'-[3-(4-t-Butoxycarbonyl- l -piperazinyl)benzoyl]glycyl]-3(R)-(2- phenethyl)-β-alanine methyl ester
N-[N'-f3-( l-Piperazinyl)benzoylJglycylJ-3(R)-(2-phenethyl)-β-alanine trifluoroacetic acid salt
N-fN'-f 3-(4-t-Butoxycarbony 1- 1 -piperazinyl)benzoy 1 ]-N'-(2- phenethyl)glycyl]-3(R)-(2-phenethyl)-β-alanine methyl ester
N-|N'-[3-( l -Piperazinyl)benzoyl]-N'-(2-phenethyl)glycyl]-3(R)-(2- phenethyl)-β-alanine trifluoroacetic acid salt
4-( 1 ,2,3,4-Tetrahydro- 1 ,8-naphthyridin-7-yl)butanol-glycyl-β-alanine t-butyl ester
4-( l ,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-l ,8-naphthyridin-7-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-β- alanine
4-( 1 ,2,3,4-Tetrahydro- 1 ,8-naphthyridin-7-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-3(S)- pyridin-3-yl-β-alanine ethyl ester
4-( 1 ,2,3,4-Tetrahydro- 1 ,8-naphthyridin-7-yl)butanoyl-glycyl- 3(S)pyridin-3-yl-β-alanine
Ethyl N-pyridin-4-ylisonipecotyl-N-cyclopropylglycine-3(S)-ethynyl- β-alanine
N-Pyridin-ylisonipecotyl-N-cyclopropylglycine-3(S)-ethynyl-β- alanine
Ethyl N-pyridin-4-ylnipecotyl-N-cyclopropylglycine-3(S)-ethynyl-β- alanine
N-Pyridin-4-ylnipecotyl-N-cyclopropylglycine-3(S)-ethynyl-β- alanine
4-( 1 ,2,3,4-Tetrahydro- 1 ,8-naphthyridin-5-yl)butanoyl-N-(cyclo- propyl)gly-3(S)ethynyl-β-alanine ethyl ester
4-(l ,2,3,4-Tetrahydro- l ,8-naphthyridin-5-yl)butanoyl-N-(cyclo- propyl)glycyl-3(S)-ethynyl-β-alanine,
3- { 2-[5-( 1 H-Benzoimidazol-2-yl-amino)-pentanoylamino]-acety lamino } - 3(S)-pyridin-3-yl- propionic acid.
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, such as the trifluoroacetate salt and the hydrochloric acid salt
Compounds of the invention are also useful for inhibiting the bone resorption activity of mammalian osteoclast cells by administering a pharmacologically effective amount of the compound to a patient in need of such activity to inhibit the activity of mammalian osteoclasts.
Compounds of the invention are also useful for inhibiting tumor growth in mammals. Pharmacologically effective amounts of the compounds, including pharamaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered to the mammal, to inhibit tumor growth. The growth of tumors depends on an adequate blood supply, which in turn depends on growth of new vessels into the tumor. New vessels are stimulated by factors secreted by the tumor. Inhibition of angiogenesis can cause tumor regression in animals.
Compounds of the invention are also useful for treating and preventing diabetic retinopathy in mammals. Pharmacologically effective amounts of the compounds, including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered to the mammal, to inhibit diabetic retinopathy.
Compounds are also useful in the prevention of restenosis of vessels.
The term "bone resorption activity" means the process by which osteoclasts solubilize bone minerals and increase the activity of enzymes that degrade bone matrix.
Compounds of the invention are useful for inhibiting the binding of fibrinogen to blood platelets and for inhibiting the aggregation of blood platelets. The above-mentioned compounds can be used in a method of acting upon a fibrinogen receptor which comprises administering a therapeutically effective but non-toxic amount of such compound to a mammal, preferably a human. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and, dispersed therein, an effective but non-toxic amount of such compound is another feature of this invention. The invention also includes the use of a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for inhibiting the aggregation of blood platelets, preventing platelet thrombosis, preventing thromboembolism or preventing reocclusion, in a mammal.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Fibrinogen receptor antagonist compounds of Formula I are useful in a method of inhibiting the binding of fibrinogen to blood platelets and for inhibiting the aggregation of blood platelets. Fibrinogen receptor antagonists of this invention are illustrated by compounds having the formula:
The following compounds were tested and found to inhibit platelet aggregation with IC50 values between about 0.01 μM and 100 μM.
4-(2-Aminothiazol-4-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido-β- alanine t-butyl ester
4-(2-Aminothiazol-4-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido-β- alanine
4-(2-Aminothiazol-4-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-3(R)-(2-phenethyl)-β-alanine methyl ester
4-(2-Aminothiazol-4-yI)butanoyl-glycyl-3(R)-(2-phenethyl)-β-alanine trifluoroacetate salt
5-(2-Pyridylamino)pentanoylglycyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido-β-alanine ethyl ester
5-(2-Pyridylamino)pentanoylglycyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido-β-alanine trifluoroacetate salt
4-(2-Bocamino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-sarcosine-3(R)-f(2-indol-3- yl)ethyl]-β-alanine ethyl ester
4-(2-Aminopyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-sarcosine-3(R)-[(2-indol-3-yl)ethyl]- β-alanine
4-(2-Boc-aminopyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido-β- alanine t-butyl ester
4-(2-Aminopyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido-β- alanine
4-(Pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-sarcosine-3(R)-f2-(indol-3-yl)ethylJ-β-alanine ethyl ester
4-(Pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-sarcosine-3(R)-[2-(indol-3-yl)ethyl]-β-alanine
4-(2-Bocamino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-N-cycIopropylglycyl-3(R)-(2- phenethyl)-β-alanine ethyl ester
4-(2-Amino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)-(2- phenethyl)-β-alanine ethyl ester hydrochloride
4-(2-Amino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)-(2- phenethyl)-β-alanine
4-(2-Boc-amino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)-[(2- indol-3-yl)ethyl]-β-alanine
4-(2-Amino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)-[(2-indol- 3-yl)ethyl]-β-alanine
4-(2-Bocamino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)- methyl-β-alanine ethyl ester
4-(2-Amino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)-methyl-β- alanine ethyl ester
4-(2-Amino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)-methyl-β- alanine
4-(Pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-(2-phenylethyl)glycyl-3(R)-(2-phenethyl)- β-alanine ethyl ester
4-(Pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-(2-phenyl)glycyl-3(R)-(2-phenethyl)-β- alanine
4-(2-BOC-Aminopyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-(2-phenethyl)glycyl-3(R)- methyl-β-alanine benzyl ester
4-(2-BOC-Aminopyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-(2-phenethyl)glycyl-3(R)- methyl-β-alanine
4-(2-Aminopyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-(2-phenethyl)glycyl-3(R)-methyl- β-alanine
4-(Pyridyloxy)butyrate-N-(2-phenethyl)glycyl-3(R)-2-phenethyl-β- alanine ethyl ester
4-(Pyridyloxy)butyrate-N-(2-phenethyl)glycyl-3(R)-2-phenethyl-β- alanine
3-[(N-Methyl)-N-(4-pyridyl)]aminopropionyl-sarcosine-3(R)-(2- phenethyl)-β-alanine ethyl ester
3-[(N-Methyl)-N-(4-pyridyl)Jaminopropionyl-sarcosine-3(R)-(2- phenethyl)-β-alanine
N-{ N'-3-(4-t-Butoxycarbonyl-l -piperizinyl)benzoyl)glycyl } -3(R)- methyl-β-alanine benzyl ester
N-fN'-f3-( l-Piperazinyl)benzoyl]glycyll-3(R)-methyl-β-alanine trifluoroacetic acid salt
N-[N'-[3-(4-t-Butoxycarbonyl- 1 -piperazinyI)benzoyl]glycyl]-3(R)-(2- phenethyl)-β-alanine methyl ester
N-[N'-[3-( l -Piperazinyl)benzoylJglycylJ-3(R)-(2-phenethyI)-β-alanine trifluoroacetic acid salt
N-[N'-[3-(4-t-Butoxycarbonyl-l -piperazinyl)benzoyll-N'-(2- phenethyl)glycyl]-3(R)-(2-phenethyl)-β-alanine methyl ester
N-[N'-[3-( l -Piperazinyl)benzoyl]-N'-(2-phenethyl)glycylj-3(R)-(2- phenethyl)-β-alanine trifluoroacetic acid salt
4-( l ,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-l ,8-naphthyridin-7-yl)butanol-glycyl-β-alanine t-butyl ester
4-( l ,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-l ,8-naphthyridin-7-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-β- alanine
4-( l ,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-l ,8-naphthyridin-7-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-3(S)- pyridin-3-yl-β-alanine ethyl ester
4-( l ,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-l ,8-naphthyridin-7-yl)butanoyl-glycyl- 3(S)pyridin-3-yl-β-alnine
Ethyl N-pyridin-4-ylisonipecotyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(S)-ethynyl- β-alanine
N-Pyridin-ylisonipecotyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(S)-ethynyl-β- alanine
Ethyl N-pyridin-4-ylnipecotyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(S)-ethynyl-β- alanine
N-Pyridin-4-ylnipecotyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(S)-ethynyl-β- alanine
4-( 1 ,2,3,4-Tetrahydro- 1 ,8-naphthyridin-5-yl)butanoyl-N-(cyclo- propyl)glycyl-3(S)ethynyl-β-alanine ethyl ester
4-( 1 ,2,3,4-Tetrahydro- 1 ,8-naphthyridin-5-yl)butanoyl-N-(cyclo- propyl)glycyl-3(S)-ethynyl-β-alanine.
One test which is used to evaluate fibrinogen receptor antagonist activity is based on evaluation of inhibition of ADP- stimulated platelets. Aggregation requires that fibrinogen bind to and occupy the platelet fibrinogen receptor site. Inhibitors of fibrinogen binding inhibit aggregation. In the ADP-stimulated platelet aggregation assay used to determine inhibition associated with the compounds claimed in the instant invention, human platelets are isolated from fresh blood, collected into acid citrate/dextrose by differential centrifugation followed by gel filtration on Sepharose 2B in divalent ion-free Tyrode's buffer (pH 7.4) containing 2% bovine serum albumin.
Platelet aggregation is measured at 37°C in a Chronolog aggregometer. The reaction mixture contains gel-filtered human platelets (2 x 10^ per ml), fibrinogen (100 micrograms per ml (ug/ml)), Ca2+ ( 1 mM), and the compound to be tested. The aggregation is initiated by adding 10 mM ADP 1 minute after the other components are added. The reaction is then allowed to proceed for at least 2 minutes. The extent of inhibition of aggregation is expressed as the percentage of the rate of aggregation observed in the absence of inhibitor. The IC50 is the dose of a particular compound inhibiting aggregation by 50% relative to a control lacking the compound.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" shall mean non-toxic salts of the compounds of this invention which are generally prepared by reacting the free base with a suitable organic or inorganic acid. Representative salts include the following salts: acetate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bicarbonate, bisulfate, bitartrate, borate, bromide, calcium edetate, camsylate, carbonate, chloride, clavulanate, citrate, dihydrochloride, edetate, edi ylate, estolate, esylate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glutamate, glycollylarsanilate, hexylresorcinate, hydrabamine, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroxynapthoate, iodide, isothionate, lactate, lactobionate, laurate, malate, maleate, mandelate, mesylate, methylbromide, methylnitrate, methylsulfate, mucate, napsylate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, pamaote, palmitate, panthothenate, phosphate/diphosphate, polygalacturonate,
salicylate, stearate, subacetate, succinate, tannate, tartrate, teoclate, tosylate, triethiodide, trifluoroacetate, and valerate.
Compounds of the present invention are chiral; included within the scope of the present invention are racemic mixtures and separated enantiomers of the general formula. Furthermore, all diastereomers, including E, Z isomers, of the general formula are included in the present scope. Furthermore, hydrates as well as anhydrous compositions and polymorphs of the general formula are within the present invention. Prodrugs, such as ester derivatives of described compounds, are compound derivatives which, when absorbed into the bloodstream of a warm-blooded animal, cleave in such a manner as to release the drug form and permit the drug to afford improved therapeutic efficacy. The term "pharmaceutically effective amount" shall mean that amount of a drug or pharmaceutical agent that will elicit the biological or medical response of a tissue, system or animal that is being sought by a researcher or clinician. The term "anti-coagulant" shall include heparin, and warfarin. The term "thrombolytic agent" shall include agents such as streptokinase and tissue plasminogen activator. The term "platelet anti-aggregation agent" shall include agents such as aspirin and dipyridamole.
The term "alkyl" means straight or branched alkane containing 1 to about 10 carbon atoms, e.g., methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, iso-amyl, hexy, octyl radicals and the like, straight or branched alkene containing 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, e.g., propylenyl, buten- 1 -yl, isobutenyl, pentenylen-1 -yl, 2,2-methylbuten-l-yl, 3-methylbuten-l-yl, hexen- 1-yl, hepten- 1 -yl, and octen-1 -yl radicals and the like, or straight or branched alkyne containing 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, e.g., ethynyl, propynyl, butyn-1 -yl, butyn-2-yl, pentyn- 1 -yl, pentyn-2-yl, 3-methylbutyn- l-yl, hexyn- 1 -yl, hexyn-2-yl, hexyn-3-yl, 3,3-dimethylbutyn- l -yl radicals and the like.
The term "aryl" means a 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing 0, 1 , or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S. Examples of aryl include phenyl, pyridine, pyrimidine, imidazole, thiophene, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, and amino- and halogen- substituted derivatives thereof.
The terms "alkyloxy" or "alkoxy" include an alkyl portion where alkyl is as defined above. Examples of alkoxy include methyloxy, propyloxy, and butyloxy.
The terms "arylalkyl" and "alkylaryl" include an alkyl portion where alkyl is as defined above and to include an aryl portion where aryl is as defined above. The )-n or Cl -n designation where n may be an integer from 1 -10 or 2-10 respectively refers to the alkyl component of the arylalkyl or alkylaryl unit. Examples of arylalkyl include benzyl, fluorobenzyl, chlorobenzyl, phenylethyl, phenylpropyl, fluorophenylethyl, chlorophenylethyl, thienylmethyl, thienylethyl, and thienylpropyl. Examples of alkylaryl include toluene, ethylbenzene, propylbenzene, methylpyridine, ethylpyridine, propylpyridine, butylpyridine, butenylpyridine, and pentenylpyridine.
The term "halogen" includes fluorine, chlorine, iodine and bromine.
The term "oxy" means an oxygen (O) atom. The term "thio" means a sulfur (S) atom. Under standard nonmenclature used throughout this disclosure, the terminal portion of the designated side chain is described first followed by the adjacent functionality toward the point of attachment. For example, a Cl -6 alkyl substituted with Cl -5 alkyl-carbonylamino is equivalent to
H O
I II Ci_6-alkyl-N-C-Cl -5-alkyl
Compounds of the invention where X is a 5-membered monocyclic aromatic ring system, e.g., a thiazole system, can be prepared by forming an alkyl ester substituted derivative of the ring, e.g., methyl 4-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)butanoate, forming the
corresponding acid with HCl, and reacting with an amine to form the final product.
Compounds of the invention where X is a 6-membered monocyclic aromatic ring system, e.g., a pyridine system, can be prepared using 2-aminopyridine, 2-aminopicoline, 4-vinyl pyridine, etc., as described in Schemes 3, 4, and 10.
Compounds of the invention where X is a 9-membered polycyclic aromatic fused ring system can be prepared by reacting a substituted 5-membered ring starting material such as 2-amino-3-bromo thiophene, 2-nitro-3-bromo thiophene, 2-amino-3-bromo pyrrole, and 2-amino-3-bromo furan, with an appropriate compound under suitable ring closure conditions to effect formation of the 9-membered fused ring system.
Compounds of the invention where X is a 10-membered polycyclic aromatic ring system can be prepared using a starting material such as naphthyridin (Hamada, Y. et al., Chem. Pharm. Bull. Soc, 1971 , 19(9), 1857-1862), or by reacting an aminoaldehyde pyridine with a suitable ketone under suitable ring closure conditions to effect formation of the 10-membered fused ring system. The examples illustrate procedures for preparing compounds of the invention where Y is -(CH2)0-4, -0-, and -N(R")-. To make compounds where Y is -N(R^)C(0)-, an acid such as compound 1 -4 can be subjected to a Curtius reaction to form the amine, and subsequent condensation to give the final product. In the schemes and examples below, various reagent symbols have the following meanings:
BOC
(or Boc): t-butyloxycarbonyl Pd-C: Palladium on activated carbon catalyst
DMF: Dimethylformamide
DMSO: Dimethylsulfoxide
CBZ: Carbobenzyloxy
CH2CI2: Methylene chloride
CHCI3: chloroform EtOH: ethanol MeOH: methanol EtOAc: ethyl acetate HOAc: acetic acid BOP: Benzotriazol- l -yloxytris(dimethylamino)phosphonium, hexafluorophosphate
EDC: l -(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethyicarbodiimide hydrochloride Oxone: potassium peroxymonosulfate LDA: Lithium diisopropylamide PYCLU: Chloro-N,N,N',N'-bis(pentamethylene)formamidinium hexafluorophosphate
The compounds of the present invention can be administered in such oral forms as tablets, capsules (each of which includes sustained release or timed release formulations), pills, powders, granules, elixirs, tinctures, suspensions, syrups, and emulsions. Likewise, they may be administered in intravenous (bolus or infusion), intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, or intramusculsar form, all using forms well known to those of ordinary skill in the pharmaceutical arts. An effective but non-toxic amount of the compound desired can be employed as an anti-aggregation agent.
Compounds of the invention may be administered to patients where prevention of thrombosis by inhibiting binding of fibrinogen to the platelet membrane glycoprotein complex Ilb/IIIa receptor is desired. They are useful in surgery on peripheral arteries (arterial grafts, carotid endarterectomy) and in cardiovascular surgery where manipulation of arteries and organs, and/or the interaction of platelets with artificial surfaces, leads to platelet aggregation and consumption. The aggregated platelets may form thrombi and thromboemboli. Compounds of this invention may be administered to these surgical patients to prevent the formation of thrombi and thromboemboli.
Extraco oreal circulation is routinely used for cardiovascular surgery in order to oxygenate blood. Platelets adhere to surfaces of the extracorporeal circuit. Adhesion is dependent on the interaction between gp Ilb/IIIa on the platelet membranes and fibrinogen adsorbed to the surface of the circuit. (Gluszko et al., Amer. J. Physioi, 252(H), 615-621 ( 1987)). Platelets released from artificial surfaces show impaired hemostatic function. Compounds of the invention may be administered to prevent adhesion.
Other applications of these compounds include prevention of platelet thrombosis, thromboembolism and reocclusion during and after thrombolytic therapy and prevention of platelet thrombosis, thromboembolism and reocclusion after angioplasty or coronary artery bypass procedures. They may also be used to prevent myocardial infarction. The dosage regimen utilizing the compounds of the present invention is selected in accordance with a variety of factors including type, species, age, weight, sex and medical condition of the patient; the severity of the condition to be treated; the route of administration; the renal and hepatic function of the patient; and the particular compound or salt thereof employed. An ordinarily skilled physician or veterinarian can readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of the drug required to prevent, counter, or arrest the progress of the condition.
Oral dosages of the present invention, when used for the indicated effects, will range between about 0.01 mg per kg of body weight per day (mg kg/day) to about 100 mg/kg/day and preferably 0.01 -50 mg/kg/day and more preferably 0.01 -20 mg/kg/day, e.g. 0.1 mg/kg/day, 1.0 mg/kg/day, 5.0 mg/kg/day, or 10 mg/kg/day. Intravenously, the most preferred doses will range from about 1 to about 10 mg/kg/minute during a constant rate infusion.
Advantageously, compounds of the present invention may be administered in divided doses of two, three, or four times daily. Furthermore, preferred compounds for the present invention can be administered in intranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal
vehicles, or via transdermal routes, using those forms of transdermal skin patches well known to those of ordinary skill in that art. To be administered in the form of a transdermal delivery system, the dosage administration will, or course, be continuous rather that intermittent throughout the dosage regime.
In the methods of the present invention, the compounds herein described in detail can form the active ingredient, and are typically administered in admixture with suitable pharmaceutical diluents, excipients or carriers (collectively referred to herein as "carrier" materials) suitably selected with respect to the intended form of administration, that is, oral tablets, capsules, elixirs, syrups and the like, and consistent with convention pharmaceutical practices.
For instance, for oral administration in the form of a tablet or capsule, the active drug component can be combined with an oral, non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable, inert carrier such as lactose, starch, sucrose, glucose, methyl cellulose, magnesium stearate, dicalcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, mannitol, sorbitol and the like; for oral administration in liquid form, the oral drug components can be combined with any oral, non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable inert carrier such as ethanol, glycerol, water and the like. Moreover, when desired or necessary, suitable binders, lubricants, distintegrating agents and coloring agents can also be incoφorated into the mixture. Suitable binders include starch, gelatin, natural sugars such as glucose or beta- lactose, corn-sweeteners, natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, tragacanth or sodium alginate, carboxymethylcellulose, polyethylene glycol, waxes and the like. Lubricants used in these dosage forms include sodium oleate, sodium stearate, magnesium stearate, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride and the like. Disintegrators include, without limitation, starch methyl cellulose, agar, bentonite, xanthan gum and the like.
The compounds of the present invention can also be administered in the form of liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles and multilamellar
vesicles. Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, such as cholesterol, stearylamine or phosphatidylcholines.
Compounds of the present invention may also be delivered by the use of monoclonal antibodies as individual carriers to which the compound molecules are coupled. The compounds of the present invention may also be coupled with soluble polymers as targetable drug carriers. Such polymers can include polyvinylpyrrolidone, pyran copolymer, polyhydroxy-propyl-methacrylamide-phenol, polyhydroxy- ethyl-aspartamide-phenol, or polyethyleneoxide-polylysine substituted with palmitoyl residues. Furthermore, the compounds of the present invention may be coupled to a class of biodegradable polymers useful in achieving controlled release of a drug, for example, polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid, copolymers of polylactic and polyglycolic acid, polyepsilon caprolactone, polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacrylates and cross linked or amphipathic block copolymers of hydrogels.
The compounds of the present invention can also be co- administered with suitable anticoagulation agents or thrombolytic agents such as plasminogen activators or streptokinase to achieve synergistic effects in the treatment of various vascular pathologies. They may also be combined with heparin, aspirin, or warfarin.
The novel compounds of the present invention were prepared according to the procedure of the following examples. The most preferred compounds of the invention are any or all of those specifically set forth in these examples. These compounds are not, however, to be construed as forming the only genus that is considered as the invention, and any combination of the compounds or their moieties may itself form a genus. The following examples further illustrate details for the preparation of the compounds of the present invention. Those skilled in the art will readily understand that known variations of the conditions and processes of the following preparative procedures can be used to prepare these compounds. All temperatures are degrees Celsius unless otherwise noted.
SCHEME
_L≥
e,
6NHCI
'C02CH3
O
1 -2
Methyl 6-bromo-5-oxohexanoate ( 1 -2)
5-Oxohexanoic acid ( 1 -1 , 5 mL, 42 mmol) was dissolved in
84 mL MeOH and cooled to 0°C. Br2 (2.2 mL, 43 mmol) was added dropwise, and the reaction was stirred at RT overnight. After removing the MeOH by rotary evaporation, the residue was dissolved in ether. washed with water, sat. NaHCθ3 and brine, dried (Na2Sθ4), filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, 10% EtOAc/hexane) provided the bromide-ester XL as a yellow oil. TLC Rf 0.09 (silica, 15% EtOAc/hexane)
1 H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 3.88 (s, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 2.75 (t, J =
7Hz, 2H), 2.37 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 1.94 (qn, J = 7 Hz, 2H).
COoCH,
Methyl 4-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)butanoate ( 1 -3)
Bromide X2 (3.45 g, 15.5 mmol) and thiourea ( 1.4 g, 18 mmol) were combined in 77 mL EtOH and heated to reflux. After disappearance of 1 -2, the EtOH was removed by rotary evaporation and the residue was diluted with EtOAc, washed with water and brine, then dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated. The pH of the aqueous phase was adjusted to 7, and the solution was re -extracted with EtOAc (2x).
These organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated, combined with the first organic residues, then purified by flash chromatography (silica, EtOAc) providing aminothiazole 3 as a white solid.
TLC Rf 0.5 (silica, EtOAc) i H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ 6.09 (s, IH), 5.19 (br s, 2H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 2.55 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.34 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 1.96 (qn, J = 7 Hz,
2H).
4-(2-Aminothiazol-4-yl butanoic acid hvdrochloride (1 -4)
Ester J_v (1.3 g, 6.5 mmol) was dissolved in 32 mL 6 N
HCl. After stirring overnight, the resulting suspension was concentrated, providing acid _L4 as a white solid.
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ 9.12 (br s, IH), 6.51 (s, IH), 3.50 (br s), 2.51 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.24 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 1.77 (qn, J = 7 Hz,
2H).
-bfi
N-Boc-glvcyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido-β-alanine t-butyl ester (1 -6) N-Boc-glycine (255 mg, 1.5 mmol) was dissolved in 7.4 mL EtOAc, cooled to -15°C, then NMM (179 μL, 1.6 mmol) and isobutyl chloroformate (21 1 μL, 1.6 mmol) were added. After 20 min, amine _L5 (500 mg, 1.5 mmol) and additional NMM (422 μL, 3.2 mmol) were added and the reaction was warmed to RT overnight.
Following dilution with EtOAc, the mixture was washed with water, sat.
NaHCθ3, 10% KHSO4, and brine, dried (MgSθ4), filtered and concentrated, providing amide _L6 as a white solid.
TLC Rf 0.73 (silica, EtOAc)
1 H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.84 (d, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 7.59 (ABX t, J =
7 Hz, IH), 7.51 (ABX t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 6.58 (br m, I H), 5.58 (d, J = 8
Hz, I H), 5.1 1 (br s, I H), 3.90-3.78 (m, 3H), 3.72 (m, IH), 3.40 (m, I H), 1.48 (s, 9H), 1.28 (s, 9H).
1-7
Glycyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido-β-alanine t-butyl ester trifluoroacetate salt ( 1 -7
Protected amide _L6 (576 mg, 1.26 mmol) was dissolved in
6.3 mL CH2CI2, cooled to -15°C, and TFA (6.3 mL) was added. After
25 min the reaction was concentrated, providing amine 1-7.
TLC Rf 0.36 (silica, 9: 1 : 1 CH2Cl2/MeOH/HOAc).
4-(2-Aminothiazol-4-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido-β- alanine t-butyl ester (1 -8)
Acid L (300 mg, 1.35 mmol), amine 7 (600 mg, 1.37 mmol), HOBT (219 mg, 1.14 mmol) and NMM (445 μL, 4.04 mmol) were combined in 13 mL DMF, cooled to - 15°C, and EDC (310 mg, 1.61 mmol) was added. The reaction was warmed to RT, stirred overnight, then diluted with EtOAc, washed with water, sat. NaHC03, and brine, dried (MgSθ4), filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, 20% MeOH/EtOAc) provided ? as yellow solid.
TLC Rf 0.55 (silica, 20% MeOH/EtOAc)
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.80 (d, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 7.55 (ABX t, J = 7 Hz, I H), 7.47 (ABX t, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (br s, I H), 7.04 (br m, I H), 6.12 (s, I H), 5.41 (br s, 2H), 4.05-3.95 ( , 3H), 3.69 (m, I H), 3.39 (ddd, I H), 2.70-2.55 (m, 2H), 2.33 ( , 2H), 2.01 (qn, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 1.27 (s, 9H).
4-(2-Aminothiazol-4-yl)butanoyI-glycyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido-β- alanine (1 -9)
Ester L8 (365 mg, 0.69 mmol) was dissolved in CH2CI2 (3.5 mL), then TFA (3.5 mL) was added. After 5 h the reaction mixture was concentrated, azeotroped with toluene, then purified by sequential flash chromatography (silica, 22:20: 1 : 1
EtOAc/EtOH/H2θ/NH4θH, then silica, 4:1:1 CH2Cl2/MeOH/HOAc, then 7:1:1 CH2Cl2/MeOH/HOAc), providing L9 as a white solid. TLC Rf 0.33 (silica, 7:1:1 CH2Cl2/MeOH/HOAc) 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.86 (d, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 7.58 (ABX t, J = 7 Hz, IH), 7.52 (ABX t, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 6.27 (s, IH), 3.89 (AB d, J = 17 Hz, IH), 3.77 (AB d, J = 17 Hz, IH), 3.64 (t, J = 6 Hz, IH), 3.53 (AB dd, IH), 3.41 (AB dd, IH), 2.57 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.35-2.25 (m, 2H), 1.95 (m,2H).
L-asparagine
Ida
NaOH, dioxane, Br2 0°C to 90°C
S0CI2 b. 1 N HCl/ether ethanol
3-4 L5
N-Pheny lsulfony 1-L-asparagine ( 1 - 1 a)
To a stirred solution of L-asparagine (Aldrich) (10 g, 76 mmol), NaOH (3.4 g, 85 mmol), H2θ (50 mL), and dioxane (50 mL) at 0°C was added PhS02Cl (10.6 mL, 84 mmol). After 1 min, NaOH (3.4 g) in H2O (50 L) was added and the reaction mixture stirred for 30 min. The reaction mixture was then concentrated to remove the dioxane then washed with EtOAc. The aqueous phase was then cooled to 0°C and acidified to pH 5.0 with cone. HCl to effect product precipitation. The resulting solid was collected by filtration, washed with H2O (20 mL) and dried at 50°C under vacuum to give N- phenylsulfonyl-L-asparagine ( 1 - 1 a) as a white solid. Rf 0.40 (silica, 10: 1 : 1 ethanol/H2θ/NH4θH). i H NMR (300 MHz, D2O) δ 7.59 (m, 2H), 7.26 (m, 3H), 3.92 (m, I H), 3.02 (m, IH), 2.35 (m, IH).
3-Amino-2(S)-phenylsulfonylaminopropionic acid (l -2b)
To stirred solution of NaOH (15.6 g, 0.4 mol) in H2θ (70 mL), cooled with an icebath, was added bromine (3.6 mL, 0.07 mol) dropwise. After 5 min, a cold solution of N-phenylsulfonyl-L- asparagine, 1 - l a ( 14.6 g, 54 mmol) and NaOH (4.3 g, 0.1 mol) in H2O (50 mL) was added in one portion. The solution was stirred for 20 min at 0°C then 30 min at 90°C. The reaction mixture was recooled to 0°C, and the pH adjusted to 7 through dropwise addition of cone. HCl. The white precipitate formed was collected by filtration and then dried to give ( l -2b) as a white solid. i H NMR (300 MHz, D2O) δ 8.00, 7.50 (m, 5H), 3.88 (m, I H), 3.37 (m, IH), 3.12 (m, IH).
3^4
Ethyl 3-Amino-2(S)-phenylsulfonylaminopropionate hydrochloride
(2=4)
Amino acid l -2a ( 1.0 g, 4.1 mmol) was suspended in 20 mL EtOH, cooled to 0°C, and SOC12 ( 1.5 mL, 21 mmol) was added dropwise. After stirring at RT overnight the mixture was concentrated, triturated with Et2θ (2x), and dried, providing 3^4 ( 1.26 g) as a hygroscopic yellow solid.
1 H-NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ 8.30 (br s), 7.79 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 7.70-7.60 (m, 3H), 4.21 (t, J Hz, IH), 3.90-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.09 (ABX dd, J = 13, 6 Hz, I H), 2.90 (ABX dd, J = 13, 8 Hz, 2H), 0.97 (t, J = 7 Hz, 3H).
1__2 tert-Butyl 3-Amino-2(S)-phenylsulfonylaminopropionate hydro-chloride π-5)
In a Fischer-Porter tube, a mixture of l -2a (10.2 g, 42 mmol) and DME (150 mL) was sequentially treated with H2SO4 (6.4 mL, 0.12 mol), cooled to -78°C, and then condensed isobutylene (75 mL). The cooling bath was removed. After 24 h, ice/water (250 mL) was added followed by washing with ether (2x). The aqueous phase was basified with aq 6N NaOH, then saturated with NaCl, followed by extraction with EtOAc (3x). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgS04), and concentrated to give a white solid. This was dissolved in CH2CI2 and treated with IN HCl/ether (22 mL), and then concentrated to give _L5 as a glassy yellow solid. i H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.25-8.00 (m, 4H), 7.85-7.58 (m, 5H), 4.08 (m, IH), 3.10 (m, I H), 2.73 (m, I H), 1.17 (s, 9H).
SCHEME 2
2-2
4-(2-Aminothiazol-4-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-3(R)-(2-phenethyl)-β-alanine methyl ester (2-2) Acid L4 (300 mg, 1.35 mmol), amine 1Λ_ (405 mg, 1.35 mmol) (prepared as described in Duggan et al., U.S. Patent 5,264,420) HOBT (219 mg, 1.62 mmol) and NMM (445 μL, 4.04 mmol) were combined in 7 mL DMF, cooled to -15°C, and EDC (310 mg, 1.61 mmol) was added. The reaction was warmed to RT, stirred overnight, then diluted with EtOAc, washed with water, sat. NaHC03, and brine, dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, 10% MeOH/EtOAc) provided 2^2 as a yellow oil. TLC Rf 0.32 (silica, 10 % MeOH/EtOAc) 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.82 (d, J = 7 Hz, I H), 7.65 (d, J = 8 Hz, IH), 7.40-7.10 (m, 5H), 6.93 (d, J = 8 Hz, I H), 6.10 (s, I H), 4.31 (m, I H), 3.96 (ABX dd, J = 17, 6 Hz, I H), 3.89 (ABX dd, J = 17, 5 Hz, IH), 3.64 (s, 3H), 2.68-2.54 (m), 2.32-2.17 (m, 2H), 2.25- 1.80 (m).
2-3
4-(2-Aminothiazol-4-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-3(R)-(2-phenethyl)-β-alanine trifluoroacetate salt (2-3)
Ester 1-1 (220 mg, 0.51 mmol) and 1 N NaOH ( 1.3 mL, 1.3 mmol) were combined in 5 mL MeOH. After 3 d the reaction mixture was concentrated, purified by flash chromatography (silica, 9: 1 : 1 CH2Cl2/MeOH/HOAc), then preparative HPLC (Cl 8, 0.1 % TFA
in CH3CN/H2O), providing, after lyophilization, acid 2^3 as a white solid.
TLC Rf 0.54 (silica, 4: 1 : 1 CH2Cl2/MeOH/HOAc) 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.26-7.10 (m, 5H), 6.52 (s, I H), 4.23 (m, IH), 3.88 (AB d, J = 17 Hz, I H), 3.79 (AB d, J = 17 Hz, IH), 2.72- 2.55 (m, 4H), 2.51 (d, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.34 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 1.99-1.75 (m, 4H).
SCHEME 3
Cbz-Gly-OH,
NaH, DMF, 0°C to RT; isobutyl chloroformate, Ethyl 5-bromopentanoate NMM , RTto75°C EtOAc, -15°C to RT
1 N NaOH, EtOH H2, 10%Pd/C EtOH
Ethyl 5-(2-pyridylamino)pentanoate (3-2)
2-Aminopyridine (hi, 1.97 g, 20.9 mmol) in 10 mL DMF was added to a suspension of NaH (60 % in oil, 1.00 g, 25 mmol) in 80 mL DMF cooled to 0°C. After warming to RT for 45 min, ethyl 5- bromopentanoate (4.2 mL, 25 mmol) was added dropwise. This mixture was heated at 75 °C overnight, then cooled to RT, diluted with EtOAc, washed with water (2x), sat. NaHCθ3, and brine, dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, 50% then 70 % EtOAc/hexane) provided 3^2 as a yellow oil. TLC Rf 0.55 (silica, 70 % EtOAc/hexane)
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ 8.07 (dd, J = 5, 1 Hz, IH), 7.40 (m, I H), 6.55 (m, I H), 6.37 (d, J = 8 Hz, IH), 4.48 (br s, IH), 4.13 (q, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 3.29 (q, J = 7 Hz, 2H). 2.35 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 1.80-1.55 (m, 4H), 1.25 (t, J = 7 Hz, 3H).
5-(2-Pyridylamino)pentanoic acid (3-3)
Ester 3^2 (0.41 g, 1.84 mmol) was dissolved in 18 mL EtOH, 1 N NaOH (4.6 mL, 4.6 mmol) was added, and the reaction was stirred overnight. The pH of the solution was adjusted to 7 with 1 N
HCl, and concentration provided a white solid containing acid 3 _ and
NaCl.
TLC Rf 0.06 (silica, 19: 1 : 1 CH2Cl2/MeOH/HOAc) i H-NMR (400 MHz, D2O): δ 7.81 (m, I H), 7.77 (d, J = 6 Hz, IH), 6.96
(d, J = 9 Hz, IH), 6.82 (t, J = 7 Hz, IH), 3.36 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.24 (m,
2H), 1.72- 1.50(m, 4H).
3-5
N-Cbz-glvcyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido-β-alanine ethyl ester (3-5)
N-Cbz-glycine (339 mg, 1.62 mmol) was dissolved in 8 mL EtOAc, cooled to -15°C, then NMM (196 μL, 1.8 mmol) and isobutyl chloroformate (230 μL, 1.8 mmol) were added. After 20 min, the mixed anhydride solution was added to amine ^4 (0.50 mg, 1.6 mmol) suspended in 5 mL EtOAc and the reaction was warmed to RT for 90 min. Following dilution with EtOAc, the mixture was washed with water, sat. NaHCθ3, 5% KHSO4, and brine, dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, 75 % EtOAc/hexane) provided amide 3^5 as a colorless oil.
TLC Rf 0.29 (silica, 75 % EtOAc/hexane)
1 H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.65-7.45 (m, 3H), 7.40-7.25 (m, 5H), 6.68 (t, J = 6 Hz, IH), 5.83 (d, J = 8 Hz, I H), 5.49 (t, J = 6 Hz, I H), 5.15 (s, 2H), 4.04-3.95 (m, 3H), 3.89-3.85 (m, 2H), 3.73 ( , I H), 3.46 (m, I H), 1.1 1 (t, J = 7 Hz, 3H).
3-6
Glycyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido-β-alanine ethyl ester (3-6)
Protected amine 3^5 (0.47 g, 1.01 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL EtOH, 10 % Pd/C (94 mg) was added, and the reaction was stirred under an H2 balloon. After 4 h, additional 10 % Pd/C was added
(94 mg), and the reaction was continued for 3 d. The mixture was filtered through Celite, concentrated, and azeotroped with CHCI3, providing amine 3^6 as a gum. 1 H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.95 (m), 7.86 (d, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 7.60-
7.45 (m, 3H), 4.05 (dd, J = 5, 6 Hz I H), 3.96 (q, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 3.80-
3.55 (m), 1.07 (t, J = 7 Hz, 3H).
23
5-(2-Pyridylamino)pentanoylglycyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido-β-alanine ethyl ester (3-7)
Acid M ( 186 mg, 0.55 mmol), amine ^6 ( 150 mg, 0.46 mmol), NMM (0.20 mL, 1 .8 mmol) and BOP (302 mg, 0.68 mmol)
were combined in 3 mL DMF. After 5 d the DMF was removed on a rotary evaporator, the residue was diluted with EtOAc, then washed with water, sat. NaHCθ3, and brine, dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, 25 % i-PrOH/EtOAc) provided 3 7 as a colorless oil.
TLC Rf 0.30 (silica, 25 % i-PrOH/EtOAc)
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ 8.05 (d, J = 4 Hz, IH), 7.85 (d, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 7.57 (t, J = 7 Hz, IH), 7.55-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.42 (m, I H), 6.80 (br t, IH), 6.54 (dd, J = 6, 4 Hz, IH), 6.45 (m, I H), 6.39 (d, J = 8 Hz, I H), 5.19 (m, I H), 4.16 (ABX dd, J = 17, 7 Hz, IH), 4.08-3.95 (m),
3.85-3.75 (m, 2H), 3.29 (q, J = 6 Hz, 2H), 2.40-2.32 (m, 2H), 1.85 (m, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 1.10 (t, J = 7 Hz, 3H).
h
2^
5-(2-Pyridylamino)pentanoylglycyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido-β-alanine trifluoroacetate salt (3-8)
Ester 7 (59 mg, 0.12 mmol) was dissolved in 1 mL THF, then 1 N LiOH (0.29 mL, 0.29 mmol) was added. After stirring overnight the reaction was concentrated, the mixture was concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, 22:20: 1 : 1 EtOAc/EtOH/H2θ/NH4θH), followed by prep. HPLC (C-18, 0.1 % TFA/CH3CN/H2O) and lyophilization provided 3^ as a white solid. TLC Rf 0.26 (silica, 22:20: 1 : 1 EtOAc/EtOH/H2θ/NH4θH) 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, D2O): δ 7.83-7.75 (m, 3H), 7.70 (d, J = 6 Hz, IH), 7.67 (d, J = 7 Hz, IH), 7.58 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 6.96 (d, J = 9 Hz, IH), 6.80 (t, J = 7 Hz, I H), 3.86-3.80 (m, 3H), 3.55 (dd, J = 14, 4 Hz, IH), 3.36 (m, 2H), 3.29 (dd, J = 14, 8 Hz, I H), 2.39 (m, 2H), 1.72 (m, 4H).
SCHEME 4
BocNH
4 l
H-Sar-OEt«HCI BOP, NMM DMF
Me
&£
Boc
4-(2-N-Boc-aminopyridin-4-yl)butanoic acid (4-1 )
The protected picoline (90 g, 0.43 mol) was dissolved in 3
L THF under N2, cooled to -78°C, and n-BuLi ( 1.6 M, 675 mL, 1.08 mol) was added during 30 min. The mixture was allowed to warm to
RT for 1 h, then the resulting orange suspension was cooled to -78°C.
Methyl 3-bromopropionate (79 g, 0.47 mol) was added during 2 min.
After 15 min the cooling bath was removed and the mixture was allowed to warm to -20°C at which point it was quenched with 60 mL HO Ac in 250 mL THF. The solution was diluted with 2L EtOAc, washed with water, sat. NaHCθ3, and brine, dried (MgSθ4). The
aqueous layers were re-extracted with EtOAc (2x), and these organic layers were filtered, concentrated, and dissolved in 1.5 L EtOH and 1.5 L 1 N NaOH (1.5 mol). After 1 h the reaction was concentrated by 1/3, diluted with 4 L EtOAc, the aqueous layer was removed. The pH of the aqueous layer was adjusted to -5 with 10% KHSO4, then extracted with EtOAc (2 x 3L). The EtOAc layers were washed with brine, dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated, providing 4Λ_ as a yellow oil.
BOCNH
4-(2-Boc-amino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-sarcosine ethyl ester (4-2)
Acid 4Λ_ (200 mg, 0.71 mmol), H-Sar-OEfHCl (130 mg, 0.84 mmol), NMM (314 μL, 2.9 mmol) and BOP (378 mg, 0.86 mmol) were combined in 5 mL DMF. After stirring overnight the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with water (5x), sat. NaHCθ3, and brine, dried (MgSθ4), filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, 50-70 % EtOAc/hexane) provided X2 as a colorless oil. TLC Rf 0.54 (silica, 80% EtOAc/hexane) 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): 4: 1 mixture of amide rotomers, major rotomer δ 8.12 (d, J = 5 Hz, I H), 7.79 (s, IH), 7.48 (br s, IH), 6.83 (d, J = 6 Hz, IH), 4.19 (q, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 4.1 1 (s, 2H), 3.03 (s, 3H), 2.68 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.39 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.02 (qn, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 1.53 (s, 9H) 1.26 (t, J = 7 Hz, 3H).
Me
4-(2-Boc-amino-pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-sarcosine (4-3)
Ester 4 2 (91 mg, 0.24 mmol) was dissolved in 2.4 mL EtOH, and 1 N NaOH (0.60 mL, 0.60 mmol) was added. After 45 min the mixture was concentrated, then diluted with EtOAc, washes with 10 % KHSO4 and brine, dried (MgSθ4) filtered and reconcentrated, providing acid 4^3 as a glass. TLC Rf 0.18 (silica, 18: 1 :1 , CH2Cl2/MeOH/HOAc) 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): 1 : 1 mixture of amide rotomers δ 8.03- 7.82 (m, 3H), 6.86 (br s, I H), 4.15/3.96 (s, 2H), 3.06/3.02 (s, 3H), 2.75- 2.65 (m, 2H), 2.40 (m, 2H), 2.22-2.00 (m, 2H), 1.53 (s, 9H).
4-(2-Boc-amino-pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-sarcosine-3(R)-[2-(indol-3- yl)ethyll-β-alanine ethyl ester (4-5)
Acid 4^3 (84 mg, 0.24 mmol), amine 4_ (see Duggan et al., U.S. Patent 5,264,420) (68 mg, 0.26 mmol), NMM (104 μL, 0.95 mmol) and BOP (127 mg, 0.29 mmol) were combined in 2.4 mL CH3CN. After stirring overnight the mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with water (4x), sat. NaHC03, and brine, dried (MgSθ4) and
concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, EtOAc) provided 4^5 as a colorless oil
TLC Rf 0.66 (silica, 20 % MeOH/EtOAc)
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): 4: 1 mixture of amide rotomers, major rotomer δ 8.12 (s, I H), 8.09 (d, J = 5 Hz, I H), 7.78 (s, I H), 7.55 (d, J = 8 Hz, IH), 7.39 (s, IH), 7.34 (d, J = 8 Hz, I H), 7.17 (t, J = 8 Hz, IH), 7.08 (t, J = 7 Hz, IH), 7.03 (d, J = 2 Hz, IH), 6.79 (dd, J = 5, 1 Hz, I H), 6.71 (d, J = 9 Hz, I H), 4.32 (m, IH), 4.16-4.05 (m, 3H), 4.00 (AB d, J = 15 Hz, IH), 3.94 (AB d, J = 15 Hz, IH), 3.04 (s, 3H), 2.77 (m, 2H), 2.63 (t, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 2.53 (m, 2H), 2.36 (m, 2H), 2.02-1.90 (m, 4H), 1.53 (s, 9H), 1.22 (t, J = 7 Hz, 3H).
4-(2-Aminopyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-sarcosine-3(R)-[2-(indol-3-yl)ethyl]- β -alanine (4-6)
Ester 4-5 (20 mg, 34 μmol) was dissolved in 350 μL EtOH, then 1 N NaOH (85 μL, 85 μmol) was added. After 2 h the reaction was diluted with EtOAc, washed with 10 % KHSO4 and brine, dried (MgSθ4), filtered and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in 1 mL CH2CI2, treated with 1 mL TFA for 1 h, then concentrated and azeotroped with toluene. Flash chromatography (silica, 50: 1 : 1 , EtOH/H2θ/NH4θH) provided 4-6 as an off-white solid. TLC Rf 0.55 (silica, 20: 1 : 1 EtOH/H2θ/NH4θH) 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): 2: 1 mixture of amide rotomers δ 7.72/7.67 (d, J = 6 Hz, IH), 7.52 (t, J = 8 Hz, IH), 7.30 (t, J = 8 Hz, IH), 7.07-6.90 (m, 4H), 6.55/6.54 (s, I H), 6.49 (s, IH), 4.36-4.25 (m,
1H), 4.14-3.93 (m, 2H), 3.06/2.93 (s, 3H), 2.60 (t, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 2.55- 2.45 (m, 4H), 2.34 (t, J = 7 Hz, IH), 2.05-1.84 (m).
SCHEME 5
H2Nγ CH3
5=1
Boc20 CICH2CH2CI
5=2 1.5
TFA, CH2C12
5-2
2-(Boc-amino)-6-methylpyridine (5-2)
2-Amino-6-picoline (5.0 g, 46.2 mmol) and Boc2θ ( 1 1.1 g,
50.8 mmol) were combined in 150 mL dichloroethane. After heating at reflux for 6 h, additional Boc2θ (2.0 g, 9.2 mmol) was added, and the reaction was heated overnight. After concentration, the reaction mixture was flash filtered (silica, CH2CI2), providing 5^2 as a waxy solid.
TLC Rf 0.21 (silica, CH2CI2)
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.70 (d, J = 8 Hz, IH), 7.54 (t, J = 8 Hz, IH), 7.19 (br s, I H), 6.80 (d, J = 7 Hz, I H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 1.51 (s, 9H).
2-Boc-amino-6-(4-butenyl)pyridine (5-3)
Methylpyridine 5^2 (4.0 g, 19.2 mmol) was dissolved in 40 mL THF, cooled to -23°C, and LDA (2 M, 24 mL, 48 mmol) was added dropwise. After 30 min the mixture was cooled to -78°C and allyl bromide (2.49 mL, 2.88 mmol) was added dropwise. After 15 min more, the reaction was quenched with sat. NH4CI, warmed to RT, diluted with EtOAc, and the organic layer was washed with brine. After drying (MgSθ4), filtration and concentration, flash chromatography provided 5^3 as a yellow oil. TLC Rf 0.40 (silica, 75 % CH2Cl2/hexane)
1 H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.72 (d, J = 8 Hz, IH), 7.56 (t, J = 8 Hz, IH), 7.16 (br s, I H), 6.80 (d, J = 7 Hz, I H), 5.85 (m, IH), 5.03 (dm, J = 17 Hz, IH), 4.97 (dm, J = 10 Hz, IH), 2.74 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.42 (qm, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 1.52 (s, 9H).
2-(Boc-amino)-6-(4-hydroxybutyl)pyridine (5-4)
A solution of alkene 5^ (558 mg, 2.25 mmol) in 2 mL THF was added dropwise to a solution of 9-BBN (0.5 M in THF, 4.95 mL, 2.48 mmol). After stirring overnight, and additional portion of 9- BBN (0.5 M, 1.1 mL, 0.55 mmol) was added and the reaction was continued 1 h more. The reaction was quenched by the successive addition of EtOH (1.5 mL), 6 N NaOH (0.5 mL), and 30 % H2O2 (1.0 mL, exothermic), and heating to 50°C for lh. The cooled mixture was saturated with K2CO3, then partitioned between EtOAc and water. The aqueous phase was reextracted with EtOAc, the combined organic
phases were washed with brine, dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, 40 % EtOAc/hexane) provided alcohol 5^4 as a colorless oil.
TLC Rf 0.26 (silica, 40 % EtOAc/hexane)
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.73 (d, J = 8 Hz, IH), 7.56 (t, J = 8 Hz,
I H), 7.20 (br s, IH), 6.80 (d, J = 7 Hz, I H), 3.67 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.70
(t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 1.77 (qn, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 1.61 (m, 2H), 1.51 (s, 9H).
4-(2-Boc-aminopyridin-6-yl)butanoic acid (5-5)
A solution of alcohol 5_ (247 mg, 0.93 mmol) in 5 mL acetone was cooled to 0°C and a solution of Jones Reagent was added dropwise. As the color of the reaction changed from brown to green, additional Jones Reagent was added, until the alcohol was no longer detected by TLC (3.5 h). After quenching with i-PrOH the mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with 5 % KHSO4 and brine, dried (MgSθ4), filtered and concentrated, providing 5^5 as an off-white waxy solid. 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ 9.13 (br s, I H), 7.90 (d, J = 8 Hz, IH), 7.64 (t, J = 8 Hz, IH), 6.85 (d, J = 8 Hz, I H), 2.80 (t, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 2.46 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.01 (qn, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 1.54 (s, 9H).
CbzNH
N-Cbz-glycyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido-β-alanine t-butyl ester (5-6) Amine \ -5 (0.42 g, 1.25 mmol), Cbz-Gly-OH (288 mg,
1.38 mmol), NMM (0.55 mL, 5.0 mmol) and BOP (829 mg, 1.88
mmol) were combined in 6 mL DMF. After stirring overnight the solvent was evaporated, the residue was taken up in EtOAc, the organic solution was washed with water (2x), 5 % KHSO4, sat. NaHC03 and brine, dried (MgSθ4), filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, 60 % EtOAc/hexane) provided 5^6 as a white glass. TLC Rf 0.27 (silica, 60 % EtOAc/hexane)
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.83 (d, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 7.58 (t, J = 7 Hz, I H), 7.50 (t, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 7.42-7.30 (m, 5H), 6.55 (br s, IH), 5.59 (d, J = 7 Hz, IH), 5.40 (br s, I H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 3.95-3.70 (m, 4H), 3.34 (m, IH), 1.27 (s, 9H).
Glycyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido-β-alanine t-butyl ester (5-7)
A solution of 5 5 (0.54 g, 1.10 mmol) in 1 1 mL EtOAc was treated with 10 % Pd/C (108 mg) and stirred under a H2 balloon overnight. After addition of more 10% Pd/C ( 100 mg) and hydrogenation for 5 d the mixture was filtered through Celite and concentrated, providing 5_ 5 as a white glass.
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.84 (dm, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 7.61 (tm, J = 8 Hz, I H), 7.54 (tm, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 4.00 (dd, J = 8, 5 Hz, I H), 3.59 (dd,
J = 14, 5 Hz, IH), 3.37 (s, 2H), 1.25 (s, 9H).
4-(2-Boc-aminopyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido-J^ alanine t-butyl ester (5-8) Acid 5^5 ( 144 mg, 0.51 mmol), amine 5-1 (202 mg, 0.56 mmol), NMM (226 μL, 2.1 mmol) and BOP (241 mg, 0.77 mmol) were combined in 2.6 mL DMF. After stirring overnight the solvent was evaporated, the residue was dissolved in EtOAc, washed with water, sat. NaHCθ3, 5 % KHSO4, and brine, dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, 10 % CHCl3/EtO Ac) provided 5^8 as an off-white glass. TLC Rf 0.22 (silica, 10 % CHCl3/EtOAc)
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ 9.53 (s, IH), 8.23 (br d, J = 7 Hz, IH), 7.98 (t, J = 6 Hz, IH), 7.91 (t, J = 6 Hz, IH), 7.76 (d, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 7.65-7.53 (m, 5H), 6.87 (d, J = 7 Hz, I H), 3.85 (br s, IH), 3.60 (t, J = 5 Hz, 2H), 3.20-3.10 (m, 2H), 2.60 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.15 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 1.85 (qn, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.1 (s, 9H).
A solution of 5_ (138 mg, 0.22 mmol) in 1 mL CH2CI2 was cooled to 0°C, treated with 1 mL TFA, and warmed to RT for 5 h.
After concentration and azeotroping with toluene the residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica, 12:20: 1 : 1 ,
EtOAc/EtOH/H20/NH40H), providing M as a colorless glass.
TLC Rf 0.34 (silica, 12:20: 1 : 1 , EtOAc/EtOH/H2θ/NH4θH) 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, D2O): δ 7.76 (dm, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 7.55-7.48 (m, 4H), 6.69 (d, J = 7 Hz, IH), 6.57 (d, J = 8 Hz, IH), 3.72-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.55 (dd, J = 8, 5 Hz, IH), 3.37 (dd, J = 13, 8 Hz, I H), 3.13 (dd, J = 13, 8 Hz, I H), 2.63 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.34 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 1.96 (qn, J = 7 Hz, 2H).
SCHEME 6
5=2
SCHEME 6 CONTINUED
6-4
COoEt
4-(Pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-sarcosine ethyl ester (6-1 )
4-(4-Pyridyl)butanoic acid jfj-5 (100 mg, 1.8 mmol), H- Sar-OEt»HCl (300 mg, 2.0 mmol), BOP (965 mg, 2.2 mmol) and NMM (700 μL, 6.4 mmol) were combined in 9 mL DMF. After stirring overnight the mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with water (4x), sat. NaHCθ3, and brine, dried (MgSθ4), filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, 80% to 100 % EtOAc/hexane) provided 6-1 as a colorless oil. TLC Rf 0.44 (silica, 20 % MeOH/EtOAc)
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): 4: 1 mixture of amide rotomers, major rotomer δ 8.50 (d, J = 5 Hz, 2H), 7.14 (d, J = 5 Hz, 2H), 4.20 (q, J = 7 Hz. 2H), 4.12 (s, 2H), 3.03 (s, 3H), 2.70 (t, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 2.39 (t, J = 7 Hz. 2H), 2.02 (qn, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 1.23 (t, J = 7 Hz, 3H).
4-(Pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-sarcosine (6-2)
Ester 6Λ_ (324 mg, 1.22 mmol) was dissolved in 6 mL EtOH, then 1 N NaOH (2.4 mL, 2.4 mmol) was added. After stirring overnight the mixture was concentrated, rediluted with EtOAc, extracted into 10 % KHSO4, then concentrated, providing acid 6-2. along with inorganic salts.
TLC Rf 0.16 (silica, 4: 1 : 1 CH2Cl2/MeOH/HOAc)
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): 1 : 1 mixture of amide rotomers, δ 8.41
(br s, 2H), 7.33 (m, 2H), 4.00/3.90 (s, 2H), 3.05/2.95 (s, 3H), 2.77-2.67
(m, 2H), 2.48/2.37 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.00-1.90 (m, 2H).
5=2
4-(Pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-sarcosine-3(R)-[2-(indol-3-yl)ethyl]-β-alanine ethyl ester (6-3^
Acid ( l (288 mg, 1.22 mmol), amine 4^4 (318 mg, 1.22 mmol), BOP (647 mg, 1.5 mmol), and NMM (462 μL, 4.2 mmol) were combined in 6 mL DMF. After stirring overnight the mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with water (4x), sat. NaHCθ3, and brine, dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography
(silica, EtOAc then 5 % MeOH/EtOAc) provided (X as an orange oil. TLC Rf 0.4 (20 % MeOH/EtOAc)
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): 4: 1 mixture of amide rotomers, major rotomer δ 8.47 (br d, J = 5 Hz, 2H), 8.02 (br d, J = 6 Hz, 2H), 7.58 (dd, J = 16, 8 Hz, IH), 7.34 (dd, J = 8, 4 Hz, I H), 7.20-7.03 (m, 3H), 7.01 (s, I H), 6.72 (d, J = 9 Hz, I H), 4.33 (m, IH), 4.1 (t, J = 7 Hz, 3H), 3.98 (s, 2H), 3.05 (s, 3H), 2.90-2.45 (m), 2.39 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.02- 1.70 (m), 1.23 (t, J = 7 Hz, 3H).
4-(Pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-sarcosine-3(R)-[2-(indol-3-yl)ethyl]-β- alanine (6-4)
Ester 6^3 (400 mg, 0.84 mmol) was dissolved in 4 mL EtOH, then 1 N NaOH (1 .7 mL, 1.7 mmol) was added. After 90 min the reaction was neutralized with 1 N HCl ( 1.7 mL, 1.7 mmol) and concentrated to an oil. Flash chromatography (silica, 50: 1 : 1 EtOH/H2θ/NH4θH, then again with 12: 10: 1 : 1 EtOAc/EtOH/H2θ/NH4θH) provided 6 . TLC Rf 0.17 (silica, 12:10:1 : 1 EtOAc/EtOH/H2θ/NH4θH) 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): 2:1 mixture of amide rotomers, δ 8.38- 8.28 (m, 2H), 7.54-7.48 (m, IH), 7.30-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.21 -7.19 (m, IH), 7.07-6.92 (m, 3H), 4.36-4.27 (m, IH), 4.03-3.98 (m, 2H), 3.06/2.93 (s, 3H), 2.86-2.60 (m, 4H), 2.52-2.32 (m), 2.05-1.85 (m).
SCHEME 7
NH2 7-1
Ethyl bromoacetate, TEA CHoCIo, 0°C to RT
SCHEME 7 (CONT'D)
TFA, CH2CI2
SCHEME 7 (CONT'D)
HN ^C02Et Z=
N-Cvclopropylglycine ethyl ester (7-2)
Cyclopropylamine (12.1 mL, 175 mmol) and TEA (42 mL, 385 mmol) were combined at 0°C in 350 mL CH2CI2, then ethyl bromoacetate (19.4 mL, 175 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction was warmed to RT for 3 h, then diluted with additional CH2CI2, washed with water, sat. NaHCθ3, and brine, dried (Na2Sθ4), filtered and concentrated. Flash filtration (silica, 30 % EtOAc/hexane) provided 7^2 as a light yellow oil.
TLC Rf 0.70 (silica, EtOAc)
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ 4.20 (q, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 3.45 (s, 2H),
2.23 (tt, J = 6, 3 Hz, IH), 1.29 (t, J = 7 Hz, 3H), 0.43 (m, 2H), 0.36 (m,
2H).
BocNH
4-(2-Boc-amino-pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycine ethyl ester (7-3)
Acid 4Λ_ (0.86 g, 3.1 mmol), amine 7 2 (0.48 g. 3.4 mmol), NMM ( 1.35 mL, 12.3 mmol) and BOP (2.04 g, 4.61 mmol) were combined in 15 mL DMF. After stirring overnight the mixture was concentrated, redissolved in EtOAc, washed with water, 5 % KHSO4, sat. NaHC03 and brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, 50 % EtOAc/hexane) provided 7^ as a colorless oil.
TLC Rf 0.29 (silica, 50 % EtOAc/hexane)
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ 8.14 (d, J = 5 Hz, IH), 7.81 (s, IH), 7.77 (br s, IH), 6.84 (dd, J = 5, 1 Hz, IH), 4.18 (q, J = 7 Hz. 2H), 4.08 (s, 2H), 2.80 (tt, J = 7, 4 Hz, I H), 2.69 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.60 (t, J=7 Hz, 2H), 2.02 (qn, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 1.53 (s, 9H), 1.27 (t, J = 7 Hz, 3H), 0.83 (m. 2H), 0.72 (m, 2H).
4-(2-Boc-amino-pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycine (7-4) Ester 7ι3 (1.07 g, 2.64 mmol) was dissolved in 26 mL
MeOH, then treated with 1 N NaOH (6.6 mL, 6.6 mmol). After stirring overnight the reaction was concentrated, redissolved in water, the pH was adjusted to 1 with 10 % KHSO4, then extracted with EtOAc (5x).
The aqueous phase was adjusted to pH 3 with aq. NaOH, then reextracted with EtOAc (2x). The combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated, providing
7-4 as a white foam.
TLC Rf 0.24 (silica, 19: 1 : 1 , CH2Cl2/MeOH/HOAc)
1 H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 9.15 (br s, IH), 7.97 (d, J = 5 Hz, IH), 7.94 (s, I H), 6.89 (dd, J = 5, 1 Hz, I H), 4.14 (s, 2H), 2.81 (tt, J = 7, 3
Hz, I H), 2.73 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.61 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.04 (qn, J = 7
Hz, 2H), 1.51 (s, 9H), 0.85 (m, 2H), 0.76 (m, 2H).
BocNH
4-(2-Boc-amino-pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-cycloproρylglycyl-3(R)-(2- phenethyl)-β-alanine ethyl ester (7-6)
Acid 7_Λ_ (415 mg, 1.1 mmol), amine hydrochloride J (see procedure in EP 478 362 utilizing Boc-Gly(OEt) as starting material) (284 mg, 1.1 mmol), NMM (0.48 mL, 4.4 mmol) and BOP (729 mg, 1.65 mmol) were combined in 5 mL DMF. After stirring overnight the reaction was concentrated, redissolved in EtOAc, washed with water, 5 % KHS04, sat. NaHCθ3, and brine, dried (MgSθ4), filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, EtOAc) provided 7^6 as a colorless waxy solid. TLC Rf 0.39 (silica, EtOAc)
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ 9.66 (s, 1 H), 8.1 1 (d, J = 5 Hz, 1 H), 7.76 (d, J = 9 Hz, IH), 7.68 (s, IH), 7.25 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 7.20-7.12 (m, 3H), 6.88 (dd, J = 5, 1 Hz, IH), 4.01 (q, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 3.91 (AB d, J = 16 Hz, I H), 3.83 (AB d, J = 16 Hz, IH), 3.32 (s, 2H), 2.78 (m, I H), 2.65-2.40 (m), 1.86- 1.77 (m), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.14 (t, J = 7 Hz, 3H), 0.77- 0.70 (m, 4H).
4-(2-Amino-pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)-(2- phenethyl)-β-alanine ethyl ester hvdrochloride (7-7)
A solution of 7=6 (530 mg, 0.91 mmol) in 4.6 mL CH2CI2 was cooled to 0°C, 4.6 mL TFA was added, and after 1 h the reaction was warmed to RT for 90 min. After concentration and azeotroping with toluene the residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica, 10: 1 , EtOAc :NH3-saturated EtOH). The residue was dissolved in EtOAc, treated with 1 N HCl in ether, concentrated, then lyophilized from aq. acetonitrile, providing 3. as a glassy solid. TLC Rf 0.25 ( 10: 1 , EtOAc:NH3-saturated EtOH) 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ 7.94 (br s, IH), 7.86-7.82 (m, 2H), 7.25 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 7.20-7.13 (m, 3H), 6.80-6.75 (m, 2H), 4.05 (m), 4.02 (q, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 3.93 (AB d, J = 16 Hz, I H), 3.85 (AB d, J = 16 Hz, IH), 2.78 (qn, IH), 2.65 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.59 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.55-2.40 (m), 1.82 (qn, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 1.80-1.70 (m, 2H), 1.15 (t, J = 7 Hz, 3H), 0.80-0.70 (m, 4H).
4-(2-Amino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)-(2- phenethyl)-β-alanine (7-8)
Ester XL (100 mg, 0.18 mmol) was dissolved in 4 mL THF, then treated with 1 N LiOH (0.9 mL, 0.9 mmol). After stirring overnight the mixture was concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (silica, 15:20: 1 : 1 EtOAc/EtOH/H2θ/NH4θH) to provide 7^8 as a white solid.
TLC Rf 0.36 (silica, 15:20: 1 : 1 EtOAc/EtOH/H2θ/NH4θH) 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ 7.81 (d, J = 9 Hz, IH), 7.77 (d, J = 5 Hz, IH), 7.27 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 7.20-7.12 (m, 3H), 6.34 (dd, J = 5, 1 Hz, IH), 6.28 (s, I H), 5.76 (br s, 2H), 4.03 (m, I H), 3.91 (AB d, J = 16 Hz, I H), 3.85 (AB d, J = 16 Hz, IH), 2.76 (m, I H), 2.65-2.50 (m), 2.45 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.37 (d, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 1.82-1.60 (m), 0.77-0.68 (m, 4H).
SCHEME 8
BocN
8-1
1 N NaOH EtOH
BocNH
8-3
4-(2-Boc-amino-pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)-[2-
(indol-3-yl)ethyl1-β-alanine ethyl ester (8-1)
Acid 7 4 (180 mg, 0.48 mmol), amine 4^4 (130 mg, 0.50 mmol), NMM ( 183 μL, 1.7 mmol) and BOP (253 mg, 0.57 mmol) were combined in 5 mL DMF. After stirring overnight the reaction was concentrated, redissolved in EtOAc, washed with water (3x), 10 % KHSO4, sat. NaHC03, and brine, dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, 80 % EtOAc/hexane) provided 8=J. as a glassy solid. TLC Rf 0.34 (silica, EtOAc)
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ 8.10-8.00 (m, 2H), 7.79 (s, I H), 7.56 (d, J = 8 Hz. I H), 7.35-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.16 (t, J = 8 Hz, I H), 7.08 (t, J = 8 Hz, IH), 7.04 (s, IH), 6.80 (d, J = 5 Hz, IH), 6.71 (d, J = 9 Hz, I H), 4.29 (m, IH), 4.09 (q, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 3.99 (s, 2H), 2.85-2.70 (m, 4H), 2.66 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.61 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.51 (m), 2.05-1.87 (m, 4H), 1.53 (s, 9H), 1.21 (t, J = 7 Hz, 3H), 0.90-0.75 (m, 4H).
4-(2-Boc-amino-pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)-[2-
(indol-3-yl)ethyl l-β-alanine (8-2)
Ester RΛ_ (223 mg, 0.36 mmol) was dissolved in 4 mL EtOH, then 1 N NaOH (0.90 mL, 0.90 mmol) was added. After a few hours the reaction was diluted with EtOAc, extracted with water and the pH of the aq. phase was adjusted to 1 with 10 % KHSO4. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2x), the combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried (MgSθ4), filtered and concentrated, providing 8-2 as an oil. TLC Rf 0.64 (silica, 9: 1 : 1 CH2Cl2/MeOH/HOAc)
4-(2-Amino-pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)-[2-(indol- 3-yl)ethyn-β-alanine (8-3)
Acid 8^2 ( 144 mg, 0.24 mmol) was dissolved in 3 mL CH2CI2, then anisole ( 120 μL, 0.96 mmol) and TFA (3 mL) were added. After ca 1 h the reaction was concentrated. Flash
chromatography (silica, 18:10:1:1 EtOAc/EtOH/H2θ/NH4θH, twice) provided θ as a white solid.
TLC Rf 0.29 (silica, 18:10:1:1 EtOAc/EtOH/H2θ/NH4θH)
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, D2θ): δ 7.88 (m, IH), 7.70 (m, IH), 7.53 (m, IH),
7.30-7.10 (m, 3H), 6.69 (m, IH), 6.58 (m, IH), 4.23 (m, IH), 3.99 (m,
2H), 2.84 (m, 3H), 2.70 (m, 2H), 2.62 (m, 2H), 2.44 (m), 2.10-1.82
(m), 0.88-0.72 (m, 4H).
SCHEME 9
TFA, CH2CI2 0°C to RT
LiOH THF
HoN
4-(2-Boc-amino-pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)- methyl-β-alanine ethyl ester (9-2)
Acid 7^4 ( 100 mg, 0.26 mmol), amine hydrochloride 9=1 (see United States Patent 5,281 ,585) (49 mg, 0.29 mmol), NMM ( 1 17 μL, 1.1 mmol) and BOP (176 mg, 0.40 mmol) were combined in 1.3 mL DMF. After 3 d the mixture was concentrated, redissolved in EtOAc, washed with water (2x), 5 % KHSO4, sat. NaHCθ3, and brine, dried (MgSθ4), filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, EtOAc) provided 9^2 as a colorless oil. TLC Rf 0.27 (silica, EtOAc) i H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ 8.10 (d, J = 5 Hz, I H), 8.00 (br s, I H), 7.85 (s, I H), 6.90 (dd, J = 5, 1 Hz, I H), 6.63 (d, J = 8 Hz, I H), 4.30 (m, IH), 4.12 (q, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 4.02 (AB d, J = 15 Hz, IH), 3.93 (AB d, J = 15 Hz, I H), 2.77 (m, IH), 2.73 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.62 (t, J = 7 Hz. 2H), 2.47 (m, 2H), 2.04 (m, 2H), 1.53 (s, 9H), 1 .25 (t, .1=7 Hz, 3H), 1.20 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H), 0.88-0.78 (m, 4H).
4-(2-Amino-pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)-methyl-β- alanine ethyl ester (9-3)
A solution of 9^1 (84 mg, 0.17 mmol) in 1 mL CH2CI2 at 0°C was treated with 1 mL TFA. After 3 h the mixture was warmed to RT for 1 h, then concentrated and azeotroped with toluene. Flash
chromatography (silica, 15 % NH3 satd. i-PrOH/EtOAc) and lyophilization from aq. acetonitrile provided 9^3 as a semi-solid. TLC Rf 0.19 (silica, 15 % NH3 satd. i-PrOH/EtOAc) iH-NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ 7.78 (d, J = 5 Hz, IH), 7.76 (d. J = 8 Hz, I H), 6.37 (dd, J = 5, 1 Hz, IH), 6.30 (s, I H), 5.90 (br s, I H), 4.09 (m, J = 7 Hz, I H), 4.04 (q, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 3.86 (AB d, J = 16 Hz, IH), 3.79 (AB d, J = 16 Hz, I H), 2.73 (m, IH), 2.45 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.35 (ABX dd, J = 15, 7 Hz, IH), 1.77 (qn, .1 = 7 Hz, 2H), 1.17 (t, J = 7 Hz, 3H), 1.07 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H), 0.76-0.67 (m, 4H).
4-(2-Amino-pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)-methyl-β- alanine (9-4)
Ester (44 mg, 0.1 1 mmol) was dissolved in 1.1 mL THF, then 1 N LiOH (0.28 mL, 0.28 mmol) was added. After stirring overnight the reaction mixture was loaded directly onto a flash chromatography column (silica, eluting with 7:20: 1 : 1 EtOAc/EtOH/H2θ/NH4θH) providing 9^4 as a white solid. TLC Rf 0.62 (silica, 7:20: 1 : 1 EtOAc/EtOH/H2θ NH4θH) 1 H-NMR (300 MHz, D2O): δ 7.72 (d, J = 7 Hz, IH), 6.90-6.80 (m, 2H), 4.16 (hex, J = 7 Hz, IH), 4.04 (s, 2H), 2.86 (tt, J = 7, 4 Hz, IH), 2.80- 2.65 (m, 4H), 2.41 (ABX dd, J = 14, 6 Hz, I H), 2.31 (ABX dd, J = 14, 7 Hz, I H), 1.98 (qn, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 1.16 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H), 0.89 (m, 2H), 0.80 (m, 2H).
1 ) 1 N NaOH CH3OH
2) HCl
2) HCl
Methyl 2-(methoxycarbonyl)-4-(,pyridin-4-yl)butyrate ( 10-3)
To a stirred solution of elemental sodium (20 g, 840 mmol) and CH3OH (600 ml) was added dimethyl malonate KM ( 135 ml, 1 120 mmol). After 5 minutes, 4-vinyl pyridine 10-2 (15.3 ml, 140 mmoles) was added and the solution was heated to 50°C for 18 h. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc and then washed with sat NaHCθ3, brine, dried (MgSθ4) and concentrated. Flash chromatoraphy (silica, 60% EtOAc/hexanes) furnished the diether 10-3 (19.1 g) as a yellow oil. TLC Rf = 0.43 (silica, EtOAc) i H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.52 (d, J = 6 Hz, 2H), 7.12 (d, J = 6 Hz, 2H), 3.75 (s, 6H), 3.38 (t, J = 8 Hz, IH), 2.64 (t, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 2.24 (m, 2H).
Methyl 4-(Pyridin-4-yl)butyrate (10-4)
A solution of diester 10-3 (19.0 g, 80.1 mmol), H2θ (1.45 ml, 80.1 mmol), NaCl (10.5 g, 160.2 mmol) and DMF was heated to 170°C for 18 h. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc and then washed with sat. NaHC03, brine, dried (MgSθ4) and concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, 60% EtOAc/hexanes) afforded ester 10-4 as a brown oil. TLC Rf 0.32 (silica, EtOAc) i H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.40 (d, J = 6 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (d, J = 6 Hz, 2H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 2.67 (t, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 2.36 (t, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 1.94 (m, 2H).
4-(Pyridin-4-yl)butanoic acid (10-5)
A solution of ester IOA ( 10.0 g, 56 mmol), I N NaOH (84 ml, 84 mmole) and CH3OH (200 ml) was stirred at ambient temperature for 1.0 h. Concentrated HCl (7.0 ml, 84 mmol) was added followed by concentration. The residue was dissolved in CHCI3, dried (MgS04) and concentrated to give acid 10-5 as a yellow solid.
TLC Rf 0.41 (silica 10: 1 : 1 CH2Cl2/MeOH/AcOH) i H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.40 (d, J = 6 Hz, 2H), 7.30 (d, J = 6 Hz, 2H), 2.71 (t, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 2.32 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 1.93 (m, 2H).
N-(2-Phenethyl)glvcine methyl ester ( 10-8)
A solution of amine methyl ester 10-6 (1.0 g, 7.96 mmol), bromide K 7 (1.09 ml, 7.96 mmole), NEt3 (3.33 ml, 23.9 mmol) and DMSO (25 ml) was heated to 60°C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and then washed with sat. NaHCθ3, brine, dried (MgS04) and concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, 80% EtOAc/hexanes) furnished ester 10-8 as a yellow oil. TLC Rf 0.29 (silica, EtOAc) i H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.29 (m, 2H), 7.22 (m, 3H), 3.71 (s. 3H), 3.43 (s, 2H), 2.89 (m, 2H), 2.82 (m, 2H).
4-(Pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-(2-phenethyl)glycine methyl ester ( 10-9) To a stirred solution of acid 10-5 (342 mg, 2.07 mmol), NMM (910 μl, 8.28 mmol) and CH3CN (15 ml) was added BOP reagent ( 1.01 g, 2.28 mmol). After 30 minutes, amine K (400 mg, 2.07 mmol) was added and stirring continued for an additional 18 h. The
reaction was diluted with EtOAc and then washed with sat. NaHCθ3, brine, dried (MgSθ4) and concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, EtOAc) furnished ester 10-9 as a yellow oil. TLC Rf = 0.23 (silica, EtOAc) i H NMR (CD3OD) 8.39 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 7.14-7.29 (m, 7H), 4.84 (s, 2H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.58 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.82 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.66 (t, J = 8 Hz, 0.56 H), 2.55 (t, J = 8 Hz, 1.44 H), 2.28 (t, J = 7 Hz, 0.56 H), 2.10 (t, J = 7Hz, 1.44 H).
4-(Pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-(2-phenethyl)glvcyl (10- 10)
A solution of ester IM (500 mg, 1.47 mmole), IN NaOH
(2 ml, 2 mmol) and CH3OH (5 ml) was stirred at ambient temperature for 2.0 h. Concentrated HCl (167 μl, 2.0 mmol) was added followed by concentration. The residue was dissolved in CHC13, dried (MgSθ4) and concentrated to give acid 10- 10 as a white solid. i H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.47 (d, J = 5 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (m, 2H),
7.25 (m, 5H), 4.02 (s, 1.44 H), 3.96 (s, 0.56 H), 3.58 (m, 2H), 2.84 (m, 2H), 2.74 (t, J = 8 Hz, 0.56 H), 2.63 (t, J = 8 Hz, 1.44 H), 2.33 (t, J =
7Hz, 0.56 H), 2.14 (t, J = 7 Hz, 1.44 H), 1.94 (m, 0.56 H), 1.79 (m, 1.44
H).
4-(Pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-(2-phenylethyl)glycyl-3(R)-(2-phenethyl)- β -alanine ethyl ester ( 10- 1 1 ) A solution of acid 10-10 (160 mg, 0.4903 mmol) amine 7-5
(164 mg, 0.49 mmol), NMM (216 μl, 1.96 mmol), BOP reagent (239 mg, 0.539 mmol) and CH3CN (5 ml) was stirred at ambient temperature for 18 h. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc and then washed with sat. NaHC03, brine, dried (MgS04) and concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, EtOAc) furnished ester 10- 1 1 (220 mg) as a colorless oil.
TLC Rf = 0.21 (silica, EtOAc) i H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.37 (m, 2H), 7.24 (m, 12H), 4.23 (m, IH), 4.06 (m, 2H), 3.95 (m, 2H), 2.84 (m, 2H), 2.56 (m, 6H), 2.34 (t, J = 7 Hz, 0.56H), 2.16 (t, J = 7 Hz, 1.44 H), 1.83 (m, 0.56 H), 1.81 (m, 1.44 H), 1.91 (m, 3H).
4-(Pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-(2-phenyl)glycyl-3(R)-(2-phenethyl)-β- alanine (10- 12) A solution of ester 10-1 1 (200 mg, 0.3778 mmole), IN
NaOH (0.5 ml, 0.5 mmol) and CH3OH was stirred at ambient temperature for 1.5 h followed by concentration. The crude acid was dissolved in H2O, acidified with cone. HCl, concentrated and then azeotroped with toluene. Flash chromatography (silica, 20:20: 1 : 1 EtO Ac/EtOH/NH4θH/H2θ) furnished acid 10-12 ( 100 mg) as a white solid.
TLC Rf 0.18 (20:20: 1 : 1 EtOAc/EtOH/NH4θH/H2θ) i H NMR (400 MHz, D2O) δ 8.47 (d, J = 6 Hz, 1.36 H), 8.43 (d, J = 6 Hz, 0.64 H), 7.71 (d, J = 6 Hz, 0.64 H), 7.66 (d, J = 6 Hz, 1.36 H), 7.20 (m, 10 H), 4.07 (m, IH), 3.81 (s, 1.36 H), 3.73 (d, J = 6 Hz, 0.64 H), 3.51 (bt, 1.36 H), 3.43 (m, 0.64 H), 2.73 (m, 3H), 2.60 (t, J = 7 Hz, 1.36 H), 2.53 (m, 3.64 H), 2.18 (t, J = 7 Hz, 0.64 H), 1.78 (m, 5.36 H).
SCHEME
11=2
N-(2-Phenethyl)glvcine ethyl ester (1 1-3)
A solution of amine j_ i (20.0 g, 165 mmol), NEt3 (47 ml 330 mmol) in CH2CI2 at 0°C was treated with bromide J_L2 (22.4 ml,
182 mmol) followed by the removal of the cooling bath. After 1.0 h, the solution was washed with sat. NaHC03, brine, dried (MgSθ4) and concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, 50% EtOAc/hexanes) afforded ester 1 1 -3 as a yellow oil. TLC Rf 0.25 (silica, 50% EtOAc/hexanes) iH NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.25 (m, 5H), 4.15 (q, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 3.37
(s, 2H), 2.81 (m, 4H), 1.23 (t, J = 7 Hz, 3H).
11-4
[4-(2-Boc-aminopyridin-4-y I)butanoyl]-N-(2-phenethyl)glycine ethyl ester (1 1-4)
A solution of acid 4Λ. (1.5 g, 5.35 mmol), amine 1 1 -3 ( 1.66 g, 8.03 mmol), BOP reagent (2.61 g, 5.89 mmol), NMM (3.0 ml, 21.4 mmol) and CH3CN (30 ml) was stirred at ambient temperature for
18 h. The solution was diluted with EtOAc and then washed with H2θ, sat. NaHCθ3, 10% KHSO4, brine, dried (MgS04) and concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, 50% EtOAc/hexanes 80% EtOAc/hexanes) furnished ester 1 1 -4 as a yellow solid. TLC Rf 0.35 (silica, 50% EtOAc/hexanes) i H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.12 (d, J = 5 Hz, I H), 7.77 (m, 2H), 7.21 (m, 4H), 7.10 (d, J = 7 Hz, I H), 6.79 (m, I H), 4.18 (q, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 4.02 (s, 2H), 3.58 (m, 2H), 2.82 (m, 2H), 2.62 (t, J = 7 Hz, 0.64 H), 2.57 (t, J = 7 Hz, 1.36 H), 2.15 (m, 2H), 1.91 (m, 2H), 1.52 (s, 9H), 1.27 (m, 3H).
1 1 -5
r4-(2-BOC-Aminopyridin-4-yl)butanoyll-N-(2-phenethyl)glvcine (1 1 -5)
A solution of ester 1N4 (1.8 g, 3.84 mmol), I N NaOH (6 ml, 6 mmol) and EtOH ( 10 ml) was stirred at ambient temperature for 30 minutes. The solution was acidified with 10% KHSO4 and then extracted with EtOAc. The EtOAc phase was washed with brine, dried (MgSθ4) and concentrated to furnish acid 1 1-5 as a yellow solid. TLC Rf 0.80 (silica, 20: 1 : 1 CH2Cl2/MeOH/AcOH) i H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.12 (m, I H), 7.17-7.29 (m, 7H), 4.06 (m, 2H), 3.61 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.85 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.81 (m, 0.64 H), 2.63 (t, J = 8 Hz, 1.36 H), 2.35 (t, J = 7 Hz, 0.64 H), 2.14 (t, J = 7 Hz, 1.36 H), 1.79 (m, 2H), 1.57 (s, 9H).
4-(2-BOC-Aminopyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-(2-phenethyl)glycyl-3(R)- methyl-β-alanine benzyl ester (1 1 -7) A solution of acid 1 1-5 (400 mg, 0.91 mmol), amine 1 1 -6
(available from Celgene) (285 mg, 1.09 mmol), BOP reagent (440 mg, 0.997 mmol), NMM (502 μl, 3.63 mmol) and CH3CN (20 ml) was stirred at ambient temperature for 18 h. The solution was diluted with EtOAc and then washed with H2O, sat. NaHC03, 10% KHSO4, brine, dried (MgSθ4) and then concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, 80% EtOAc/hexanes) furnished benzyl ester 1 1 -7 as a yellow oil. TLC Rf 0.49 (silica, EtOAc) i H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.06 (d, J = 5 Hz, IH), 7.7 (s, 0.32 H), 7.68 (s, 0.68 H), 7.09-7.36 (m, 10 H), 6.83 (m, I H), 5.16 (s, 1 .36 H), 5.08 (s, 0.64 H), 4.29 (m, I H), 3.93 (m, 2H), 3.51 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.79 (q, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.50-2.61 (m, 4H), 2.25 (t, J = 8 Hz, 0.64 H), 2.09 (t, J = 7 Hz, 1.36 H), 1.73-1.84 (m, 4H), 1.51 (s, 9H), 1.25 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H).
4-(2-BOC-Aminopyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-(2-ρhenethyl)glycyI-3(R)- methyl-β-alanine (1 1 -8)
A solution of benzyl ester 1 1 -7 (380 mg, 0.597 mmol), IN NaOH ( 1 ml, 1.0 mmol) and EtOH (5 ml) was stirred at ambient temperature for 1.0 h. The solution was acidified with 10% KHSO4 and then extracted with EtOAc. The EtOAc phase was washed with brine, dried (MgSθ4) and concentrated to furnish acid 1 1 -8 as a yellow oil. i H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.13 (m, I H), 7.15-7.35 (m, 7H), 4.24 (m, IH), 3.91 (m, 2H), 3.58 (m, 2H), 2.81 (m, 2.64 H), 2.62 (t, J = 8 Hz, 1.36 H), 2.36 (t, J = 7 Hz, 0.64 H), 2.14 (t, J = 7 Hz, 1.36 H), 1.79 (m, 2H), 1.57 (s, 9H), 1.19 (m, 3H).
4-(2-Aminopyridin-4-yl)butanoyI-N-(2-phenethyl)glycyl-3(R)-methyl- β-aianine (l l -9)
A solution of acid 1 N8 (320 mg, 0.59 mmol) in CH2CI2 (5 ml) was treated with TFA (5 ml). After 1.0 h, the solution was concentrated and then azeotroped with toluene. Flash chromatography (silica, 10: 10: 1 : 1 EtO Ac/EtOH/NH4θH H2θ) furnished amine J_L 0 (210 mg) as a white solid.
TLC Rf = 0.28 (silica, 5:5:.5:.5 EtOAc/EtOH/NH4θH/H2θ) Η NMR (400 MHz, CD3ODD) δ 7.71 (d, J = 6 Hz, IH), 7.15-7.32 (m, 5H), 6.62-6.69 (m, 2H), 4.25 (m, IH), 3.99 (m, 2H), 3.58 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.81 (m, 2H), 2.61 (t, J = 7 Hz, 0.64 H), 2.31 -2.51 (m, 3.36 H), 2.12 (td, J = 3 Hz, 7 Hz, 1 .36 H), 1.89 (t, J = 8 Hz, 0.64 H), 1.79 (m, 2H), 1.19 (m, 3H).
SCHEME 12
KOH,THF, H20
12-5 O
SCHEME 12 CONTINUED
12-7
12=1 O
Ethyl-4-(4-Pyridyloxy)butyrate ( 12-2)
A mixture of 4-hydroxypyridine ( 10 g, 105 mmol), ethyl 4-bromobutyrate 11Λ (15.0 ml, 105 mmol) and CS2CO3 (34.2 g, 105 mmol) in DMF ( 100 ml) was stirred at room temperature for 24 h. The reaction was filtered and the filtrate diluted with ethyl acetate (300 ml) and washed with water (4 x 100 ml) and brine (100 ml) then dried (Na2 SO4), filtered, and evaporated. The resulting oil was purified by chromatography on silica gel (3% CH3OH/CH2CI2) to give 12-2 as a colorless glass. TLC Rf 0.45 (silica, 5% CH3OH/CH2CI2) i H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.41 (d, J=6.8Hz, 2H), 6.83 (d, J=6Hz, 2H), 4.16 (q, J=7Hz, 2H), 4.07 (t, J=7Hz, 2H), 2.52 (t, J=7Hz, 2H), 2.81 (t, J=7Hz, 2H), 1.23 (t, J=7.0Hz, 3H).
Potassium 4-(4-pyridyloxy)butyrate (12-3)
The ester 12- 1 (2.5 g, 12.0 mmol) was dissolved in 10 ml
THF and treated with 0.5 N KOH (24 ml, 12.0 mmol) and H2O (10 ml). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 78 h then evaporated at reduced pressure to give 12-2 as a white solid. i H NMR (300 MHz, D2O) δ 8.19 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 6.83 (d, J = 6.8
Hz, 2H), 6.83 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.96 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.18 (t, J =
7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.93 (m, 2H).
4-(4-Pyridyloxy)butyrate-N-(2-phenethyl)glycine ethyl ester (12-4)
The alkoxy pyridine 12-3 (298 mg, 1.36 mmol) and amine 1 1 -3 (450 mg, 1.36 mmol) were combined with EDC (260 mg, 136 mmol), HOBT (208 mg, 136 mmol), in DMF (30 ml) and stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The solution was then diluted with ethyl acetate (200 ml) and washed with sat. NaHCθ3 (2 x 100 ml) and brine ( 100 ml). The organic layer was dried (Na2S04), filtered, and evaporated and the residue chromatographed on silica gel (3% CH3OH/CH2CI2) to give 12-4 as a colorless glass. i H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.41 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H), 7.25 (m, 5H), 6.78 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H), 61.23 (m, 2H), 4.02 (s, 2H), 4.00 (m, 2H), 3.63 (m, 2H), 3.41 (m, 2H), 2.15 (m, 2H), 1.31 (m, 3H).
4-(4-Pyridyloxy)butyrate-N-(2-phenethyl)glycine potassium salt ( 12-5) Ester 12-4 (360 mg, 0.97 mmol) was hydrolyzed in 0.5 N KOH (1.94 ml, 0.97 mmol) to give the potassium salt 12-5 as a white solid. i H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.38 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H), 7.25 (m, 5H), 6.93 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H), 4.016 m, 2H), 3.45 ( , 2H), 3.25 (s. 2H). 2.68 (m, 2H), 2.21 (m, 2H), 1 .86 (m, 2H).
4-(Pyridyloxy)butyrate-N-(2-phenethyl)glycyl-3(R)-2-phenethyl-β- alanine ethyl ester (12-6)
Acid salt 12-5 (352 mg, 0.93 mmol) and amino ester 7^5 (240 mg, 193 mmol), HOBT (142 mg, 0.93 mmol), EDC ( 198 mg, 0.93 mmol), and triethylamine (130 μl, 0.93 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (15 ml) and stirred at room temperature for 18 h. The solution was diluted with ethyl acetate (200 ml) washed with sat. NaHC03, water and brine (100 ml each), dried (Na2Sθ4) and concentrated to give a colorless oil. Chromatography on silica gel afforded 12-6 as a colorless glass.
TLC Rf 0.50 (silica, 3% CH3OH/CH2CI2) i H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.40 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 7.25 (m, 10H), 6.85 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, IH), 7.25 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 4.25 (m, I H), 4.18 (m, 2H), 4.00 (m, 2H), 3.60 (m, 2H), 2.95 (m, 2H), 2.63 (m, 2H), 2.58 (m, 2H), 2.40 (m, 2H), 2.08 (m, 2H), 1.85 (m, 2H), 1.16 (m, 3H).
12-7
4-(4-Pyridyloxy)butyrate-N-(2-phenethyl)glycyl-3(R)-2-phenethyl-β- lanine ( 12-7) Ester 12-6 (123 mg, 0.23 mmol) was hydrolyzed with 0.5
N KOH and the acid was isolated as its TFA salt following preparative reverse phase chromatography.
1 H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.63 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (m, 10H), 4.41 (m, IH), 4.32 (m, 2H), 4.01 (m, 2H), 3.81 (m, 2H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 2.63 (m, 2H), 2.30 (m, 2H), 2.41 (m, 2H), 2.20 (m, 2H), 1.85 (m, 2H).
SCHEME 1
CH3NH C02EfHCI NMM, EDC, HOBT, DMF
12=1
tert-Butyl 3-N-methylaminopropionate ( 13- 1 )
Tert-butyl acrylate ( 15 g, 1 17 mmol) was added to a solution or methanol saturated with CH3NH2 (300 ml) and stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The solution was evaporated to afford 13- 1 as a colorless liquid.
l H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 2.81 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.43 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H).
tert-Butyl 3-r(N-methyl-N-(4-pyridyl)]aminopropionate (13-2)
A mixture of 4-chloropyridine hydrochloride (10 g, 75 mmol), 13- 1 (12 g, 75 mmol) and N-methylmorpholine (9.1 ml, 82.5 mmol) in N-methyl pyrrolidinone (100 ml) was heated at 120°C for 16 h. The solvent was removed at reduced pressure and the residue partitioned between EtOAc (100 ml) and water (50 ml). The organic layer was washed with water and brine (50 ml each) then dried (Na2S04), filtered and evaporated. The ester 13-2 was isolated as a colorless glass following flash chromatography on silica gel (5% CH3OH/CH2CI2). i H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.30 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 6.91 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.81 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 3.22 (s, 3H), 2.65 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.41 (s, 9H).
3-[(N-Methyl-N'-(4-pyridyl)laminopropionate hvdrochloride (13-3)
A solution of 13-2 (2.2 g, 9.3 mmol) in 75 ml anhydrous EtOAc was cooled to 0° and treated with HCl gas for 10 min. The solution was warmed to room temperature and stirred. For 16 h the resulting solid was filtered to give 13-3 as a hygroscopic yellow solid.
i H NMR (300 mHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.26 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 7.0 (br d, 2H), 3.82 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.21 (s, 3H), 2.60 (t, J = 7.1 Hz. 2H).
3-[(N-methyl-N-(4-pyridyl)1aminopropionyl-sarcosine ethyl ester ( 13-4)
Acid 13-3 (383 mg, 1.5 mmol) was coupled with sarcosine ethyl ester hydrochloride (253 mg, 1.65 mmol) following the EDC/HOBT procedure previously described to give 13-4 as a colorless glass.
TLC Rf 0.45 (silica, 3% CH3OH/CH2CI2) i H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.21 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 6. 1 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 4.20 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 3.75 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.09 (s, 3H), 3.04 (s, 3H), 2.65 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.31 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H).
3-f(N-Methyl)-N'-(4-pyridyl)]aminopropionyl-sarcosine potassium salt ( 13-5)
A solution of IM (353 mg, 1.26 mmol) in THF (5 ml) was treated with 0.5 N KOH (2.52 ml, 1.21 mmol) and H2O (5 ml) and stirred at room temperature for 18 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo to afford the potassium salt 13-5 as a white solid.
l H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.08 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 2H), 6.57 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 2H), 3.61 (t, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 3.51 (s, 2H), 2.86 (s, 3H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.42 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H).
13-6
3-[(N-Methyl)-NX4-pyridyl)]aminopropionyl-sarcosine-3(R)-(2- phenethyl)-β-alanine ethyl ester (13-6)
The acid 13-5 was coupled with 7^5 (229 mg, 0.88 mmol) under the EDC/HOBT procedure to afford 13-6 following chromatography (CH2CI2/CH3OH/NH2/OH, 90:8:2) i H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.21 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H) 7.25 (m, 2H), 6.73 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, IH), 6.51 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 4.36 (m, I H), 61.18 (m, 2H), 3.89 (m, 2H), 3.81 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.06 (s, 3H), 2.98 (s, 3H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 2.65 (m, 2H), 2.51 (m, 2H), 1.83 (m, 2H), 1.20 (m, 3H).
12=7_
3-[ (N-Methyl)-N^4-pyridyl)]aminopropionyl-sarcosine-3(R)-(2- phenethyl)-β-alanine ( 13-7) A solution of the ester 13-6 (75 mg, 0.16 mmol) in THF (5 ml) was treated with 0.5N KOH (320 ml, 0.16 mmol) and H2θ (5 ml).
The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 7.5 h then evaporated at reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by reverse phase a white powder. i H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.61 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 7.25 (m, 5H), 7.18 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, I H), 6.83 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 4.35 (m, I H), 3.83 (m, 2H), 3.81 (t, 2H), 3.13 (s, 2H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 2.65 (m, 2H), 2.56 (m, 2H), 1 .86 (m, 2H).
SCHEME 14
OoH
14-1 1±3 R = H
EDC/HOBT/DMF
14-5 R = (CH2)2Ph 14=6. R = H
HCI/EtOAc
1 ^7 R = (CH2)2Ph 14-8 R = H
N-(t-Butoxycarbonyl)-N-(2-phenylethyl)glycine ethyl ester ( 14-1 )
The amine LL3 ( 1.1 1 g, 5.36 mmol) and (BOC)2θ (1.28 g, 5.9 mmol) in 10 ml THF were stirred for 48 h under argon. Removal of the solvent in vacuo gave a yellow oil which was purified by chromatography (silica, hexane/EtOAc 9: 1 ) to afford 14- 1 as a colorless oil. Rf (silica, hexane/EtOAc 9: 1 ) 0.41.
BOCN^C02H 14-2
N-(t-Butoxycarbonyl)-N-(2-phenylethyl)glycine ( 14-2)
A solution of the ester 14- 1 ( 1.7 g, 5.5 mmol), 1 1.1 mL 1 N LiOH and 1 1 mL MeOH was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The mixture was poured into water/EtOAc and acidified with IN HCl to pH =3. After extraction with EtOAc (2x), the organic layers were washed with brine, dried (MgS04) and evaporated to give 14-2 as a foam which was used as such in the next step.
14-5
N-[N-(t-Butoxycarbonyl)-N'-(2-phenylethyl)glycyl-3(R)-(2- phenylethyl)-β-alanine methyl ester ( 14-5)
The acid 14-5 (502 mg, 1.8 mmol), 3(R)-(2-phenylethyl)- β-alanine methyl ester hydrochloride 14-4 (see U.S. Patent 5,281 ,585) (482 mg, 2.0 mmol), HOBT (267 mg, 2.0 mmol), EDC hydrochloride (515 mg, 2.7 mmol) and N-methylmorpholine (0.22 ml, 2.0 mmol) were stirred in 10 ml DMF for 16 h under argon. After pouring the solution into EtO Ac/10% citric acid (aqueous solution) the mixture was extracted twice with EtOAc, washed with water then brine, dried (MgS04) and the solvent removed in vacuo. The residual yellow oil was subjected to column chromatography (silica, hexane/EtOAc 1 : 1 ) to give 14-5 as a colorless oil. Rf (silica, hexane/EtOAc 1 : 1 ) 0.44.
Ph 14-7
N-[N'-(2-phenethyl)glycyl]-3(R)-(2-phenethyl)-β-alanine methyl ester hvdrochloride (14-7)
A solution of 14^5 (719 mg, 1.5 mmol) in 40 mL of EtOAc was treated with HCl (g) until saturated. After 30 min the solvent was
removed in vacuo and the residue was triturated with ether from which 14- 10 crystallized as a white solid.
Η NMR (CD3OD) δ 1.87 (2H, m), 2.5-2.8 (4H, m), 3.05 (2H, m), 3.28 (2H, m), 3.62 (3H, s), 3,78 (IH, d), 3.84 ( I H, d), 4.26 (IH, m), 7.1 -7.4 ( 10H. m).
14-6
N-[N'-(t-Butoxycarbonyl)glycyl]-3(R)-(2-phenethyl)-β-alanine methyl ester (14-6)
N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)glycine 14-3 (Aldrich) was coupled with 14-4 according to the procedure described for the preparation of
14-5. The title compound 14-6 was purified by column chromatography (silica, hexane/EtOAc 1 : 1 ). Rf (silica, hexane/EtOAc 1 : 1 ) 0.22.
14-8
N-Glycyl-3(R)-(2-phenethyl)-β-alanine methyl ester hydrochloride (14-8)
Following the procedure described for the preparation of 14-7 compound 14-6 was converted into 14-8.
lH NMR (CD3OD) δ 1.88 (2H, m), 2.5-2.8 (4H, m), 3.64 (5H, s), 4.25 (IH, m), 7.1-7.3 (5H, m).
SCHEME 15
EDC/HOBT/DMF
J 3
HCI/EtOAc
15-1
1≤=2
N-[N'-(t-Butoxycarbonyl)glycyl]-3(R)-methyl-β-alanine benzyl ester
( 15- 1)
N-(t-Butoxycarbonyl)glycine 14-3 (Aldrich) was coupled with 3(R)-methyl-β-alanine benzyl ester 0.5 H2SO4 1 1 -7 (Celgene) according to the procedure described for the preparation of 14-5. The title product 15- 1 was then obtained by chromatography (silica, hexane/EtOAc 2:3). Rf (silica, hexane/EtOAc 1 : 1 ) 0.3.
15=2
N-(GIycyl-3(R)-methyl-β-alanine benzyl ester hydrochloride ( 15-2)
Following the procedure for the preparation of 14-7. compound 15-1 was converted into 15-2 which was isolated as a white solid. i H NMR (CD3OD) δ 1.22 (3H, d), 2.58 (2H, m), 3.53 (IH, d), 3.63 ( IH, d), 6.3 (2H, s), 7.35 (5H, m).
SCHEME 16
3) LiOH/EtOH/H20
16-4 R1=Me, R2=CH2Ph 16-5 R1=(CH2)2Ph, R2=Me
1≤=7_ R=(CH2)2Ph
SCHEME 16 CONTINUED
EDC/HOBT/DMF
16-9
16-3
3-(4-t-Butoxycarbonyl- l -piperizinyl)benzoic acid ( 16-3)
Ethyl 3-aminobenzoate 16- 1 (Aldrich, 24.3 g, 0.147 mol) and bis (2-chloroethyl)amine hydrochloride 16-2 (Aldrich, 26.3 g,
0.147 mol) were heated at reflux in 500 mL n-butanol for 24 h. The solution was concentrated in vacuo, the residue was taken up in EtOAc and washed successively with saturated aqueous NaHC03 then brine. After drying (MgS04), the solvent was removed and the resulting black oil chromatographed (silica, EtOAc then EtOAc/MeOH 1 : 1 then MeOH) to give the corresponding piperizine derivative as a mixture of ethyl and butyl esters.
This piperazine (17.8 g, 76 mmol) was dissolved in 500 mL dry CH2C12 and E13N (13.3 ml, 95.6 mmol) was then added. To this cooled -5°C solution was added (BOC)2θ (17.4 g, 79.9 mmol) in 45 ml dry CH2CI2 and stirring was continued until the reaction was complete (as monitored by TLC). The solution was poured into 10% citric acid solution then the organic layer was washed with water, saturated aqueous NaHC03 and brine. After drying over MgSθ4, the solvent was removed in vacuo to give a brown oil. Silica gel chromatography
(hexane/EtOAc 1 : 1) gave the BOC-protected piperazine as a mixmre of ethyl and butyl esters.
The BOC-protected piperazine (22.1 g) was dissolved in 150 ml I N LiOH and 600 ml absolute ethanol and this solution was heated at reflux for 16 h. After removal of the ethanol, EtOAc and 10% citric acid solution were added. The organic layer was washed with I N NaOH, the aqueous layer was then re-acidified with I N HCl and extracted with EtOAc. This EtOAc extract was washed with brine, dried (MgSθ4) and concentrated to give 16-3 as a white solid. Rf (silica, hexane/EtOAc 1 : 1) 0.22. i H NMR (CDCI3) δ 1.49 (9H, s), 3.21 (4H, br t), 3.61 (4H, br t), 7.16 ( IH, dd), 7.36 (IH, t), 7.64 (2H, m).
16-4
N- { N'-3-(4-t-Butoxycarbonyl- 1 -piperizinyl)benzoyl)glycyl } -3(R)- methyl-β-alanine benzyl ester (16-4)
The acid 16-3 was coupled with 15-2 according to the procedure described for the preparation of 14-5 to yield 16-4. Rf (silica, EtOAc) 0.45.
16-6
N-[N'-[3-(l -Piperazinyl)benzoyl]glycyl]-3(R)-methyl-β-alanine trifluoroacetic acid salt (16-6)
The ester 16-4 (452 mg, 0.84 mmol) was dissolved in 4 ml
MeOH, treated with IN LiOH (2.5 ml, 2.5 mmol) and stirred for 48 h.
The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and to the residue was added 10 ml IN HCl. After 10 min, the solution was concentrated and the residue purified by preparative HPLC (H2O/CH3CN with 0.1 %
TFA, gradient) to give 16-6. FAB mass spectrum m/z = 349 (m + 1 ) iH NMR (CD3OD) δ 1.22 (3H, d), 2.43 (I H, dd), 2.57 (IH, dd), 3.38 (4H, m), 3.46 (4H, m), 3.96 (IH, d), 4.04 (IH, d), 4.30 ( IH, sextet), 7.25 (I H, m), 7.4 (2H, m), 7.5 ( IH, m).
N-[NH3-(4-t-Butoxycarbonyl-l -piperazinyl)benzoylJglycyl]-3(R)-(2- phenethyl)-β-alanine methyl ester ( 16-5)
The acid 16-3 was coupled with 14-8 according to procedure described for the preparation 14-5 to yield 16-5. i H NMR (CDCI3) δ 1.49 (9H, s), 1.90 (2H, m), 2.58 (2H, d), 2.63 (2H, m), 3.15 (6H, m), 3.55 (4H, m), 3.62 (3H, s), 4.10 (2H, d), 4.32 ( IH, m), 7.0-7.5 (9H, m).
N-[N'-| 3-( 1 -Piperazinyl)benzoyl]glycyl]-3(R)-(2-phenethyl)-β-alanine trifluoroacetic acid salt (16-7)
Following the procedure described for the preparation of 16-6. 16-5 was converted into 16-7. FAB mass spectrum m/z = 439 (m+l ) Anal, calcd. for C24 H30 N4 O4 • 1.35 TFA • 1.0 H2O
C, 52.53; H, 5.51 ; N, 9.18 found: C, 52.57; H, 5.44; N, 9.26
N-[NH3-(4-t-Butoxycarbonyl-l -piperazinyl)benzoyl]-N'-(2- phenethyl)glvcyll-3(R)-(2-phenethyl)-β-alanine methyl ester (16-8) The acid 16-3 was coupled with 14-7 according to the procedure described for the preparation of 14-5 to yield 16-8. Rf (silcia, EtOAc/hexane 2: 1 ) 0.37.
N-[N'-[3-(l -Piperazinyl)benzoyll-N'-(2-phenethyl)glycyl]-3(R)-(2- phenethyl)-β-alanine trifluoroacetic acid salt (16-9)
Following the procedure described for the preparation of 16-6. 16-8 was converted into 16-9. FAB mass spectrum m/z = 543 (m + 1 ) Anal, calcd. for C32 H38 N4 04 - 1.8 TFA • 0.8 H2O
C, 56.09; H, 5.47; N, 7.35 found: C, 56.09; H, 5.41 ; N, 7.74
SCHEME 17
1Z-5
3-(4-t-Butoxycarbonyl-l-piperazinyl)benzoyl glvcine (17-1)
The acid 16-3 was coupled with glycine ethyl ester followed by hydrolysis of the resulting ester using previously described chemistry to yield 17- 1. i H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 1.48 (9H, s), 3.22 (4H, m), 3.59 (4H, m), 4.08 (2H, s), 7.22 (I H, m), 7.40 (2H, m), 7.55 ( IH, s).
N-[ N'-[3-( 1 -Piperazinyl)benzoyl]glycyl]-3(S)-ethynyl-β-alanine trifluoroacetic acid salt (17-4)
The acid 17-1 was coupled with 3(S)-ethynyl-β-alanine ethyl ester hydrochloride (Zablocki et al., J. Med. Chem., 1995, 38, 2378-2394) using standard peptide coupling conditions. The product was then fully deprotected using previously described methodology to give, after reverse phase chromotography, 17-4 as the trifluoroacetate salt.
FAB mass spectrum m/z = 359 (M+l) Anal. calculated for C18H22N4O4-1.10 TFA-0.30 H2O
C, 49.59; H, 4.88; N, 1 1.45 Found: C, 49.58; H, 4.80; N, 1 1 .57
N-{ N'-[3-(l -Piperazinyl)benzoyl]glycyl } -3(S)-(3-pyridyl)-β-alanine trifluoroacetic acid salt (17-5)
The acid 17-1 was coupled with 3(S)-(3-pyridyl)-β-alanine ethyl ester hydrochloride (Rico et al., J. Orχ Chem., 1993, vol. 58, p. 7948) using standard peptide coupling conditions. The product was then fully deprotected using previously described methodology to give, after reverse phase chromatography, 17-5 as the trifluoroacetate salt. FAB mass spectrum m/z = 412 (M+l) Anal. calculated for C2l H25N5θ4»2.55 TFA-0.75 H2O
C, 43.80; H, 4.09; N, 9.79 Found: C, 43.76; H, 3.98; N, 10.15
SCHEME 18
18-1 18-2
18-3 18-4
SCHEME 18 (CONT'D)
18-4
18-2
5-Amino-2-fluorobenzoic acid 18-2
2-Fluoro-5-nitrobenzoic acid 1 - 1 (Aldrich) was reduced using 10% Pd-C catalyst in MeOH under an atmosphere of H2 to give, after filtration of the catalyst and removal of the solvent, 18-2 as a solid. Rf = 0.54 (silica, 10-1 - 1 EtOH«NH4θH«H2θ)
18-3
N-(5-Amino-2-Fluorobenzoyl)glycine methyl ester 18-3 The acid 18-2 was coupled with glycine methyl ester using standard peptide coupling conditions to give 18-3. Rf = 0.65 (silica; EtOAc/MeOH 9: 1 )
18-4
5-(4-t-Butoxycarbonyl- l -piperizinyl)-2-fluoro benzoyl glycine 18-4
Following the procedure described for the preparation of 16-3. the aniline 18-3 was converted into the piperazine-acid 18-4 i H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 1.46 (9H, s), 3.1 1 (4H, m), 3.58 (4H, m), 4.12 (2H, s), 7.05-7.21 (2H, m), 7.40 (IH, m).
CFoCO. Θ
18-5
H
N- { N'-[2-Fluoro-5-( 1 -piperaziny l)benzoyl]glycyl } -3(S)-ethynyl-β- alanine trifluoro acetic acid salt 18-5
Following the procedure described for the preparation of 17-4. compound 18-4 was converted into 18-5. FAB mass spectrum m/z = 377 (M+ l) Anal . calculated for C 18H21 N4θ4F« 1.30TFA-0.50 H2θ
C, 46.37; H, 4.40; N, 10.50 Found: C, 46.34; H, 4.37; N, 10.58
N- { N'-[2-fluoro-5-( 1 -piperazinyl)benzoy 1 Jglycy 1 } -3(S)-(3-pyridyl)-β- alanine trifluoroacetic acid salt 18-6
Following the procedure described for the preparation of 17-5, compound 18-4 was converted into 1 -6. FAB mass spectrum m/z = 430 (M+l ) Analysis calculated for C21H24N504F-2.65 TFA-0.90H2O
C, 42.24; H, 3.83; N, 9.37 Found: C, 42.25; H, 3.81 ; N, 9.71
SCHEME 19
19-3
;
19-5 19-8
BOP, NMM, CH3CN
SCHEME 19 CONT'D
19-9
19-10
19-3
Ethyl 4-π .8-naphthyridin-2-yl)butanoate ( 19-3)
Aminoaldehyde 19- 1 (2.02 g, 16.6 mmol, prepared according to Met. 1993, 36, 2513), ketone 19^ (5.3 mL, 33.1 mmol) and L-proline (0.48 g, 4.17 mmol) were combined in 75 mL EtOH. After heating at reflux overnight the reaction was concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, EtOAc) provided 19-3 as an off-white crystalline solid.
TLC Rf 0.23 (silica, EtOAc) i H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 9.09 (dd, J=4, 2Hz, IH), 8.17 (dd, .1=8, 2Hz, I H), 8.12 (d, J=8Hz, IH), 7.46 (dd, J=8, 4Hz, I H), 7.42 (d, J=8Hz.
IH), 4.12 (q, J=7Hz, 2H), 3.1 1 (t, J=8Hz, 2H), 2.44 (t, J=7Hz, IH), 2.26 (qn, J=8Hz, 2H), 1.25 (t, J=7Hz, 3H).
COoEt
19-4
Ethyl 4-( 1 ,2.3.4-tetrahvdro- 1.8-naphthyridin-7-yl)butanoate ( 19-4)
A solution of 19-3 (2.3 g, 9.4 mmol) in 50 mL EtOAc was treated with 10% Pd/C (230 mg) and a hydrogen balloon. After 4 d the reaction filtered through celite, concentrated, and purified by flash chromatography (silica, 70% EtOAc/hexane), providing 19-4 as a yellow oil.
TLC Rf 0.40 (silica, EtOAc) i H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.05 (d, J=7Hz, IH), 6.35 (d, J=7Hz, I H), 4.73 (br s, I H), 4.12 (q, J=7Hz, 2H), 2.69 (t, J=6Hz, 2H), 2.57 (t, J=8Hz, 2H), 2.33 (t, J=7Hz, 2H), 1.98 (m, 2H), 1.90 (m, 2H), 1.25 (t, J=7Hz, 3H).
19-5
4-( 1 ,2,3,4-Tetrahydro- 1 ,8-naphthyridin-7-yl)butanoic acid hydrochloride (19-5)
Ester \ 9 ( 1.8 g, 7.25 mmol) in 36 mL 6 N HCl was heated at 50°C for 4 h, then concentrated, providing 19-5 as a yellow solid.
l H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.59 (d, J=7Hz, I H), 6.63 (d, J=7Hz, IH), 3.50 (t, J=5Hz, 2H), 2.82 (t, J=6Hz, 2H), 2.74 (t, J=8Hz, 2H), 2.38 (t, J=7Hz, 2H), 2.02-1.90 (m, 4H).
13
N-Cbz-Glvcyl-β-alanine t-butyl ester (19-7)
N-CBz-Glycine (1.0 g, 4.78 mmol), amine I (0.91 g,
5.02 mmol), NMM (2.1 mL, 19.1 mmol) and BOP (3.17 g, 7.17 mmol) were combined in 15 mL DMF. After stirring overnight the mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with water, sat.
NaHC0 , water, 5% KHSO4 and brine, dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, 60% EtOAc/hexane) provided 19-7 as a colorless oil. TLC Rf 0.24 (silica, 60% EtOAc/hexane) i H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ 7.89 (br t, J=5Hz, IH), 7.44 (br t,
J=6Hz, IH), 7.40-7.30 (m, 5H), 5.02 (s, 2H), 3.56 (d, J=6Hz, 2H), 3.25
(q, J=6Hz, 2H), 2.35 (t, J=7Hz, 2H), 1.40 (s, 9H).
Glvcyl-β-alanine t-butyl ester hvdrochloride (19-8)
A solution of iM (1.51 g, 4.49 mmol) in 40 mL EtOAc was treated with 10% Pd/C (0.30 g), and a H2 balloon. After stirring overnight under a hydrogen atmosphere, an additional 200 mg of 10%
Pd/C was added and hydrogenation was continued for 4 h before filtering through Celite and concentrating, providing the free amine as a colorless oil. The amine was dissolved in Et2θ and an excess of 1 M HCl in Et2θ was added. Concentration provided 19-8 as a waxy solid. i H NMR (free amine, 400 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ 8.31 (br s, IH), 5.30 (br s, 2H), 3.29 (q, J=6Hz, 2H), 3.25 (s, 2H), 2.38 (t, J=7Hz, 2H), 1.41 (s, 9H).
4-( 1 ,2,3,4-Tetrahydro- 1 ,8-naphthyridin-7-yl)butanoyI-glycyl-β-alanine t-butyl ester (19-9)
A mixture of IM (62 mg, 0.24 mmol), IM (69 mg, 0.29 mmol), NMM (130 μL, 1.2 mmol) and BOP ( 160 mg, 0.36 mmol) in 2 mL CH3CN was stirred overnight. After diluting with EtOAc the mixture was washed with sat. NaHC03, water (5x) and brine, dried (MgSθ4), filtered and concentrated, providing 19.9. TLC Rf 0.79 (silica, 25% NH3-sat. EtOH/EtOAc) 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 8.50 (br t, 1 H), 7.08 (d, J=7Hz, 1 H), 6.64 (br t, I H), 6.33 (d, J=7Hz, IH), 5.69 (br s, IH), 3.99 (d, J=7Hz, 2H), 3.53 (q, J=6Hz, 2H), 3.43 (m, 2H), 2.69 (t, J=6Hz, 2H), 2.60 (t, J=7Hz, 2H), 2.46 (t, J=6Hz, 2H), 2.25 (t, J=7Hz, 2H), 2.05- 1.90 (m, 4H), 1.45 (s, 9H).
19-10
4-( 1 ,2,3,4-Tetrahydro- 1 ,8-naphthyridin-7-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-β- alanine (19-10)
Ester 19-9 (69 mg, 0.17 mmol) was dissolved in 1 mL CH2CI2 at 0°C, 1 mL TFA was added, and the reaction was warmed to ambient temperature for 6 hr. After concentrating and azeotroping with toluene, flash chromatography (silica, 7:20: 1 : 1 EtOAc/EtOH/H2θ/NH4θH) provided 19-10 as a white solid. TLC Rf 0.38 (silica, 7:20: 1 : 1 EtOAc/EtOH/H2θ/NH4θH) iH NMR (400 MHz, D2O): δ 7.53 (d, J=7Hz, IH), 6.59 (d, J=7Hz, I H), 3.85 (s, 2H), 3.46 (t, J=6Hz, 2H), 3.42 (t, J=7Hz, 2H), 2.78 (t, J=6Hz, 2H), 2.72 (t, J=8Hz, 2H), 2.40 (apparent q, J=7Hz, 4H), 2.00 (qn, J=6Hz, 2H), 1.92 (qn, J=6Hz, 2H).
SCHEME 20
BOP
NMM
CH3CN
MeOH INNaOH
4-( 1.2.3.4-Tetrahvdro-1.8-naphthyridin-7-yl)butanoyl glvcine (20- l a) A mixture of 19-5 (1.02 g, 4.0 mmol), glycine benzyl ester (0.8 g, 4.0 mmol), NMM ( 1.76 ml, 16 mmol) and BOP (2.03 g, 4.6 mmol) in CH3CN (100 ml) was stirred overnight. The reaction was concentrated and the residue was partitioned between EtOAc and H2O. The organic layer was washed with sat. NaHCθ3 solution, brine, dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated to a yellow gum which was purified by flash chromatography (silica, 1 : 1 , acetone/CH2Cl2) to provide the ester as a colorless gum.
A solution of the ester ( 1.3 g, 3.5 mmol) in EtOH ( 100 ml) was hydrogenated at 1 atm for 18 hr. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc (200 ml) to dissolve the product, filtered and concentrated to a solid which was sonicated with ether ( 100 ml) to provide 20- l a as a colorless solid.
TLC Rf 0.35 (silica, EtOH/NH3) i H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.50 (d, J=7Hz, 2H), 6.59 (d, J=7Hz, 2H), 3.80 (s, 2H), 3.47 (t, J=6Hz, 2H), 2.79 (t, J=6Hz, 2H), 2.72 (t, J=7Hz, 2H), 2.26 (t, J=7Hz, 2H), 2.02 (m, 2H), 1.94 (m, 2H).
4-(l ,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-l ,8-naphthyridin-7-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-3(S)- pyridin-3-yl-β-alanine ethyl ester (20-2)
The CH3CN solution (300 mL) of 20- l a ( 164 mg, 0.59 mmol), 20^1 (Rico et al., J. Or . Chem., 1993, 58, 7948) (158 mg, 0.58 mmol), NMM (260 μl, 2.36 mmol) and BOP (300 mg, 0.68 mmol) was stirred under ambient conditions for 48 h. The reaction was concentrated to a yellow gum which was purified by flash chromatography (silica, 9:1 CH2Cl2/EtOH»NH3) to provide 20-2 as a colorless gum. Rf 0.21 (silica, 9: 1 CH2Cl2/EtOH-NH3) i H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.53 (bs, I H), 8.42 (d, J=5Hz, IH), 7.82 (d, J=8Hz, IH), 7.39 (dd, J=8Hz, 5Hz, I H), 7.10 (d, J=8Hz, I H), 6.36 (d, J=7Hz, IH), 5.40 (t, J=7Hz, I H), 4.07 (q, d=7Hz, 2H), 3.85 (s, 2H), 3.36 (t, J=6Hz, 2H), 2.91 (m, 2H), 2.68 (t, J=6Hz, 2H), 2.51 (t, J=7Hz, 2H), 2.23 (t, J=7Hz, 2H), 1.89 (m, 4H), 1.16 (t, J=7Hz. 3H).
4-( l ,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-l ,8-naphthyridin-7-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-3(S)- pyridin-3-yl-β-alanine (20-3)
A methanol solution ( 10 mL) of 20^2 (190 mg, 0.42 mmol) and IN NaOH (2.1 mL, 2.1 mmol) was stirred under ambient conditions for 18 h. The reaction was concentrated to dryness and the residue neutralized with IN HCl and the resultant solution concentrated to a gum which was chromatographed (silica, 38/1/1 EtOH/NH4θH/H2θ) to provide a solid which was purified by HPLC using a VyOAC C1 semi prep column with gradient elution [95:5(99.9:0.1 H2θ/TFA)/(99.9:0.1 CH3CN/TFA) → 50:50 (99.9:0.1 H2θ/TFA)/(99.9:0.1 CH3CN/TFA)80 min] to provide 20-3 as a hygroscopic solid ditrifluoroacetate salt. Rf 0.36 (silica 38: 1 : 1 EtOH/NH4θH/H2θ)
i H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.79 (bs, I H), 8.65 (d, J=5Hz, I H), 8.7 (d, J=8Hz, IH), 7.84 (m, IH), 7.57 (d, J=7Hz, IH), 6.61 (d, J=7Hz, I H), 5.44 (t, J=7Hz, 4H), 3.88 (m, 2H), 3.48 (t, J=5Hz, 2H), 2.98 (d, J=7Hz, 2H), 2.81 (t, J=6Hz, 2H), 2.70 (m, 2H), 2.31 (m, 2H), 1.96 (m, 4H).
SCHEME 21
NMP,NMM 110° [ -NH2
21-2
DMF
HCl, EtOAc
21-4
►HCl 21
21-8
COoEt
2L
Ethyl N-pyridin-4-ylisonipecotate (21 - 1 )
Ethyl isonipecotate (6.0 g, 38.66 mmol), 4-chloropyridine hydrochloride (5.9 g, 38.66 mmol) and N-methylmorpholine (9.3 mL, 85.0 mmol) were dissolved in N-methylpyrrolidinone (50 mL) and the resulting solution heated at 100° for 48 h. The solution was concentrated in vacuo and the residue dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 mL), washed with water and brine (2 x 100 mL), then dried (Na2Sθ4) and evaporated. The resulting residue was purified by flash chromatography (5%MeOH/CH2θ2) to afford 21 -1 as a crystalline solid. i H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.21 (d, J=6.8Hz, 2H), 6.78 (d, J=6.8Hz, 2H), 4.18 (q, J=7.0Hz, 2H), 3.85 (m, 2H), 3.10 (m, 2H), 2.61 (m, I H) 2.05 (m, 2H), 1.85 (m, 2H), 1.23 (t, J=7.0Hz, 3H).
21-2
N-Pyridin-4-ylisonipecotic acid (21 -2)
A solution of ester 1\ Λ_ (10 g, 42.7 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was treated with IN LiOH (47 mL, 47.0 mmol) and H2O (50 mL). The resulting solution was concentrated and the aqueous residue cooled to 0°C, then adjusted to pH 6 with IN HCl and the resulting solid 21 -2. collected by filtration. i H NMR (300 MHz, D2O) δ 7.95 (d, 6.8Hz, 2H), 6.73 (d, 6.8Hz, 2H),
3.76 (d, J=12.8Hz, 2H), 2.81 (m, 2H), 2.20 (m, I H), 1.85 (d, J=12.8Hz, 2H), 1.55 (m, 2H).
tert-Butyl-N-cyclopropylglycine (21 -3)
A mixture of cyclopropylamine (10.0 g, 175.1 mmol) and triethylamine (4.9 ml, 35.5 mmol) in 100 ml CH2CI2 was cooled to 0° and treated with tert-butyl bromoacetate (5.25 ml, 35.0 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at 0°C for 2 h, refluxed for 1.5 h, then cooled and washed with sat. NaHCθ3, and brine (50 ml each) then dried (Na2Sθ4) and evaporated to afford 21 -3 a colorless oil. i H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.35 (s, 2H), 2.19 (m, I H), 2.08 (br s, IH), 1.48 (s, 9H), 0.47 (m, 2H), 0.38 (m, 2H).
21-4
tert-Butyl N-pyridin-4-y lisonipecotyl-N-cvclopropylglycine (21 -4)
A solution of acid 21 -2 (500 mg, 2.36 mmol), ester 21 -4 (404 mg, 2.36 mmol), chloro-N,N,N',N'-bis(ρentamethylene)- formamidinium hexafluorophosphate (PYCLU) (8 1 mg, 2.36 mmol), and diisopropylethyl amine (305 mg, 2.36 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (50 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 18 h then concentrated in vacuo to afford a yellow residue. Chromatography on silica gel (1 : 1 MeOH/EtOAc) afforded 2L4 as a crystalline solid. i H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.12 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 6.75 (d, J=6.8Hz, 2H), 3.94 (d, J=12.8Hz, 2H), 3.85 (s, 2H), 2.81 (m, 2H), 1.95 (m, 2H), 1.85 (m, 2H), 1.55 (m, 2H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 0.47 (m, 2H), 0.38 (m, 2H).
►HCl £L£
N-Pyridin-4-ylisonipecotyl-N-cyclopropyIglycyl (21 -5)
Ester 21 -5 (250 mg, 0.70 mmol) was suspended in EtOAc (25 mL), cooled to 0° and treated with HCl gas for 15 min. The resulting solution was stirred at 0° for 3.5 h then evaporated to give 21 -5 as a yellow glass. iH NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.18 (d, J=6.8Hz, 2H), 7.18 (d, J=6.8Hz, 2H), 4.24 (d, J=12.8Hz, 2H), 3.95 (s, 2H), 3.21 (m, 2H), 1.95 (m, 2H), 1.85 (m, 2H), 1.62 (m, 2H), 0.87 (m, 2H), 0.75 (m, 2H).
213
Ethyl N-pyridin-4-ylisonipecotyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(S)-ethynyl- β -alanine (21 -7)
A solution of acid 21 -5 (232 mg, 0.68 mmol), ester 21 -6 (121 mg, 0.68 mmol) (21 -6 prepared as described in U.S. patent
5,272,162), PYCLU (245 mg, 0.68 mmol), and diisopropylethyl amine (176 mg, 0.68 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (50 ml) was stirred at room temperature for 18 h then concentrated in vacuo to afford a yellow residue. Preparative reverse phase chromatographic purification afforded ester 21 -7 as its TFA salt.
J H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.48 (d, J=6.8Hz, I H), 8.08 (d, J=6.8Hz, 2H), 7.18 (d, J=6.8Hz, 2H), 5.01 (m, H), 4.24 (d, J=12.8Hz, 2H), 4.12 (q, J=7Hz, 2H), 3.99 (s, 2H), 3.72 (m, IH), 3.31 (m, 2H). 2.95
(m, I H), 2.73 (m, 2H), 1.95 (m, 2H), 1.85 (m, 2H), 1.21 (t, J=7.0Hz, 2H), 0.87 (m, 2H), 0.75 (m, 2H).
N-Pyridin-4-ylisonipecotyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl -3(S)-ethynyl-β- alanine (21 -8)
A solution of ester 2 7 ( 180 mg, 0.422 mmol), in THF ( 10 mL) was treated with IN LiOH (0.84 mL, 0.84 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated and the residue purified by preparative reverse phase chromatography to afford 19-8 as its TFA salt. i H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.40 (d, J=6.8Hz, 1H), 8.21 (d, J=6.8Hz, 2H), 7.21 (d, J=6.8Hz, 2H), 4.81 (m, IH), 4.22 (d, J=12.8Hz, 2H), 3.99 (m, 2H), 3.72 (m, IH), 3.31 (m, 2H), 2.95 (m, IH), 2.76 (m, I H), 2.71 (m, 2H), 1.95 (m, 2H), 1.85 (m, 2H), 0.87 (m, 2H), 0.75 (m, 2H).
SCHEME 22
22ΪL 21£
DMF
HCl, EtOAc
22-3
22-6
61
22-1
Ethyl N-pyridin-4-ylnipecotate (22-1 )
Ethyl (+) nipecotate (7.0 g, 44.53 mmol) was reacted with 4-chlorpyridine hydrochloride (6.67 g, 44.53 mmol) as described for 21 - 1 to give the title compound as a yellow solid. i H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.22 (d, J=6.8Hz, 2H), 6.68 (d, J=6.8Hz. 2H), 4.18 (q, J=7.0Hz, 2H), 3.85 (m, IH), 3.72 (m, IH), 3.21 (m, IH), 3.10 (m, I H), 2.60 (m, IH), 2.08 (m, IH), 1.81 (m, 2H), 1.60 (m, I H), 1.13 (t, J=7.0Hz, 3H).
22-2
N-Pyridin-4-ylnipecotic acid (22-2)
Prepared from 22- 1 (764 mg, 3.25 mmol) in a manner similar to that described for 21-2. iH NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.13 (d, J=6.8Hz, 2H), 6.74 (d,
J=6.8Hz, 2H), 4.08 (d, IH), 3.78 (m, IH), 2.92 (m, 2H), 2.10 (m, I H), 1.95 (m, I H), 1.71 (m, I H), 1.42 (m, 2H).
tert-Butyl N-pyridin-4-ylnipecotyl-N-cvclopropylglvcine (22-3) Prepared from 22^2 (320 mg, 1.51 mmol) and 1 \X (258 mg, 1.51 mmol) in a manner similar to that described for 21 -4. iH NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.12 (d, 6.8Hz, 2H), 6.62 (d, J=6.8Hz, 2H), 3.94 (s, 2H), 3.85 (m, I H), 3.12 (m, I H), 3.08 (m, IH), 2.51 (m, 2H), 1.95 (m, I H), 1.85 (m, 2H), 1.58 (m, 2H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 0.47 (m, 2H), 0.38 (m, 2H).
N-Pyridin-4-ylnipecotyl-N-cyclopropylglycine hydrochloride (22-4) Ester 22-3 (250 mg, 0.70 mmol) was suspended in EtOAc (25 mL), cooled to 0° and treated with HCl gas for 15 min. The resulting solution was stirred for 3.5 h then evaporated to give 22-4 as a white solid. iH NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.18 (d, J=6.8Hz, 2H), 7.18 (d,
J=6.8Hz, 2H), 4.24 (d, J=12.8Hz, 2H), 3.95 (m, 2H), 3.21 (m, I H), 1.94 (m, IH), 1.85 (m, I H), 1.72 (m, I H), 1.53 (m, I H), 0.87 ( , 2H), 0.75
(m, 2H).
COoEt
22-5
Ethyl N-pyridin-4-ylnipecotyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(S)-ethynyl-β- alanine (22-5)
Prepared from 22-4 (195 mg, 0.60 mmol) in a manner similar to that described for 21 -7. iH NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.49 (d, J=6.8Hz, I H), 8.17 (d, J=6.8Hz, 2H), 7.21 (d, J=6.8Hz, 2H), 5.15 (m, I H), 4.26 (m, IH), 4.21 (d, IH), 4.08 (q, 2H), 3.82 (m, IH), 3.5-3.3 (m, 3H), 2.95 (m, IH), 2.76 (m, IH), 2.71 (m, 2H), 2.15 (m, I H), 1 .95 (m, I H), 1.81 (m, I H), 1.72 (m, IH), 1.21 (t, 3H), 0.87 (m, 2H).
22-6
N-Pyridin-4-ylnipecotyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(S)-ethynyl-β- alanine (22-6)
Prepared from 22-4 (20 mg, 0.04 mmol) in a manner similar to that described for 21 -8.
FAB mass spectrum m/z = 399 (M + 1 ). i H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.16 (d, J=6Hz, 2H), 6.91 (d, J=6.8Hz, 2H), 5.05 (m, IH), 4.26 (d, Hz, IH), 4.21 (d, IH), 3.82 (m, lh), 3.5-3.3 (m, 3H), 2.95 (m, IH), 2.76 (m, I H), 2.71 (m, 2H), 2.15 (m, I H), 1.95 (m, I H), 1.81 (m, I H), 1.72 (m, I H), 1.21 (t. I H), 0.87 (m, 2H).
SCHEME 23
SCHEME 23 (CONT'D)
Methyl 4-( 1.8-naphthyridin-4-yl)butyrate (23-2)
To a stirred solution of naphthyridine 23-1 (Hamada, Y. et al, Chem. Pharm. Bull. Soc, 1971 , 19(9), 1857-1 62), (2.2 g, 15.2 mmol) and THF (200 ml) at -78°C was added NaN(TMS)2 (1 M THF, 18 ml, 18 mmol) dropwise over a 20 min period. After 30 minutes at -78°C, methyl 3-bromopropionate was added in a stream. After 30 min, the reaction was quenched with 50 ml 10% KHSO4. The mixture was extracted with Et2θ. The remaining aqueous portion was basified with sat. NaHC03 and then extracted with EtOAc. The EtOAc portion was washed with brine, dried (MgSθ4) and concentrated. Flash chromotography (silica, 2% EtOH/EtOAc) gave the ester 23-2 (1.61 g) as a yellow oil. TLC Rf = 0.27 (silica, 2% EtOH/EtOAc) i H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 9.14 (m, IH), 9.35 (d, J=4Hz, I H), 8.50 (d, J=7Hz, I H), 7.52 (q, J=4Hz, I H), 7.33 (d, J=4Hz, IH), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.14 (t, J=8Hz, 2H), 2.46 (t, J=7Hz, 2H), 2.09 (m, 2H).
4-( l ,8-Naphthyridin-4-yl)butanoic acid ( 1 -3)
A solution of ester 23^2 ( 1.60 g, 6.9 mmol), IN NaOH (7 ml, 7 mmol) and EtOH (20 ml) was stirred at ambient temperature for 1.0 h. The solution was extracted with Et2θ. The aqueous portion was neutralized with concentrated HCl (583 μl, 7.0 mmol). The precipitate
was collected, washed with Et2θ, and dried in vacuo to furnish carboxylic acid 23-3 as a tan solid.
TLC Rf = 0.59 (silica, 20: 1 : 1 CH2Cl2/MeOH/AcOH) i H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 9.05 (q, J=2H, I H), 8.95 (d, J=4H, I H),
8.77 (dd, J=2Hz, 8Hz, I H), 7.67 (q, J=4H, I H), 7.53 (d, J=4Hz, I H),
3.22 (t, J=8Hz, 2H), 2.46 (t, J=7Hz, 2H), 2.03 (m, 2H).
4-( 1 ,8-Naphthyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-(cyclopropyl)glycine ethyl ester (23-4)
A solution of acid 23-3 (400 mg, 1.84 mmol), amine 21 -3
(331 mg, 1.84 mmol), BOP reagent (979 mg, 2.21 mmol), NMM (1.03 ml, 7.36 mmol) and DMF (20 ml) was stirred at ambient temperature for 20 h. The solution was diluted with ethyl acetate and then washed with sat. NaHCθ3, brine, dried (MgSθ4) and concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, 10: 1 EtO Ac/sat. NH3-EtOH) furnished ester 2 :
4 (600 mg) as an orange solid.
TLC Rf = 0.15 (silica, 10: 1 EtO Ac/sat. NH3-EtOH) iH NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 9.12 (m, IH), 9.03 (d, J=4Hz, IH), 8.62 (dd, J=2Hz, 8Hz, IH), 7.53 (q, J=4Hz, I H), 7.38 (d, J=4Hz, IH), 4.20
(q, J=7Hz, 2H), 4.13 (s, 2H), 3.19 (t, J=8Hz. 2H), 2.79 (m, I H), 2.70
(m, 2H), 2.13 (m, 2H), 1.29 (t, J=8Hz, 3H), 0.85 (m, 2H), 0.74 (m, 2H).
4-( 1 ,2,3,4-Tetrahydro- 1 ,8-naphthyridin-5-yl)butanoyl-N-(cyclo- propyDglycine ethyl ester (23-5)
A mixture of ester 23^4 (600 mg, 1.75 mmol), 10% Pd/C (300 mg) and EtOH (30 ml) was stirred under hydrogen atmosphere ( 1 atm) at ambient temperature for 20 h. The catalyst was removed by filtration through celite and then the filtrate was concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, 50%/EtOAc/sat. NH3-EtOH) gave ester 23-5 as a colorless oil. TLC Rf = 0.25 (silica, 50: 1 EtO Ac/sat. NH3-EtOH) i H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.58 (d, J=6Hz, I H), 6.48 (d, J=6Hz, IH), 4.15 (q, J=7Hz, 2H), 4.08 (s, 2H), 3.36 (t, J=5Hz, 2H), 2.86 (m, I H), 2.75 (t, J=6Hz, 2H), 2.68 (t, J=7Hz, 2H), 2.60 (t, J=8Hz, 2H). 1.90 (m, 4H), 1.25 (t, J=7Hz, 3H), 0.87 (m, 2H), 0.78 (m, 2H).
4-( 1 ,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-l ,8-napthyridin-5-yl)butanoyl-N-(cyclo- propyPglycine (23-6)
A solution of ester 1X5 (200 mg, 0.5774 mmole), IN NaOH (600 μl, 0.600 mmole) and CH3OH was stirred at ambient temperature for 1.5 h. The solution was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in IN HCl (600 μl) and then the solution was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in CHCI3, filtered and concentrated to give the carboxylic acid 23-6 ( 1 10 mg) as a white solid.
TLC Rf = 0.14 (silica, 10: 1 : 1 CH2Cl2/MeOH/AcOH) i H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.56 (d, J=6Hz, I H), 6.64 (d, J=6Hz, IH), 3.98 (s, 2H), 3.41 (t, J=6Hz, 2H), 2.89 (m, IH), 2.81 (t, J=6Hz, 2H), 2.71 (m, 4H), 1.88 (m, 4H), 0.82 (m, 4H).
4-( 1 ,2,3,4-Tetrahydro- 1 ,8-naphthyridin-5-yl)butanoyl-N-(cyclo- propyl)glvcyl-3(S)-ethvnyl-β-alanine ethyl ester (23-7)
To a stirred solution of acid 23-6 (40 mg, 0.1256 mmol), amine 1 6 (33 mg, 0.1884 mmol), NMM (70 μl, 0.5024 mmol) and CH3CN ( 1 ml) was added BOP reagent (61 mg, 0.1382 mmol). After 20 h at ambient temperature, the solution was diluted with ethyl acetate and then washed with sat. NaHCθ3, brine, dried (MgS04) and concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, 40: 1 : 1 CH2Cl2/MeOH/AcOH) gave the ester 223. as a colorless oil. TLC Rf = 0.23 (silica, 40: 1 : 1 CH2Cl2/MeOH/AcOH) i H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.58 (d, J=6Hz, I H), 6.66 (d, J=6Hz, IH), 5.01 (m, IH), 4.13 (q, J=7Hz, 2H), 4.02 (s, 2H), 3.42 (t, J=6Hz, 2H), 2.72 (m, 10H), 1.95 (m, 4H), 1.24 (t, J=7Hz, 3H), 0.85 (m, 2H), 0.78 (m, 2H).
4-( 1 ,2,3,4-Tetrahydro- 1 ,8-naphthyridin-5-yl)butanoyl-N-(cyclo- propyl)glycyl-3(S)-ethvnyl-β-alanine (23-8)
A solution of ester 23^7 (32 mg, 0.0725 mmol), I N NaOH (100 μl) and CH3OH (500 ml) was stirred at ambient temperature for 1.0 h. The solution was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in I N HCl (100 μl) and then concentrated. Preparative HPLC purification (Cl 8, H2O/CH3CNΛTA) provided acid 2 as a TFA salt. TLC Rf = 0.50 (silica, 10: 1 : 1 EtOH/NH4θH/H2θ) 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.43 (d, J=9Hz, 1 H), 7.58 (d, J=7Hz, I H), 6.76 (d, J=7Hz, I H), 4.99 (m, IH), 4.03 (d, J=3Hz, 2H), 3.46 (t, J=5Hz, 2H), 2.72 (m, 10H), 1.95 (m, 4H), 0.87 (m, 2H), 0.79 (m, 2H).
SCHEME 24
ε
24-1 24-2
HCI/dioxane
24-4
Pd/C, H2 MeOH, NH3
OCH
SCHEME 24 (CONT'D)
HgO, S EtOH, reflux
24-8
24=a
Preparation of 3-{ 2-[5-(lH-Benzoimidazol-2-yl-amino)-pentanoyl- amino1-acetylaminol-3(S)-pyridin-3-yl- propionic acid (24-9)
3-t-Butoxycarbonylaminoacetylamino-3(S)-pyridin-3-yl-propionic acid ethyl ester bis hydrochloride (24- la)
A stirred solution of BOC-Gly (645 mg, 3.7 mmol), NMM (452 uL, 4.0 mmol), and EtOAc (35 mL) at 0°C was treated with isobutyl chloroformate (534 uL, 4.0 mmol). After 20 min 20- 1 (1 .0 g, 3.7 mmol) and NMM (1.2 mL, 1 1 mmol) were added followed by removal of the cooling bath. After 20 hr, the reaction mixture was washed with H2θ, sat. NaHCθ3, and brine, dried (MgSθ4), and concentrated. Flash chromatography (silica, EtOAc to 5% MeOH/EtOAc) gave 24-1 as a colorless oil. TLC: Rf = 0.31 (20% MeOH/EtOAc), i H NMR (300MHz, CDCL3) δ 8. 58 (bs, I H), 8.5 l (m, IH), 7.62 (m, IH), 7.49 (m, IH), 5.48 (m, I H), 4.13 (m, I H), 4.08 (q, J=7Hz, 2H), 3.83 (m, 2H), 2.90 (m, 2H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.13 (t, J=7Hz, 3H).
3-Aminoacetylamino-3(S)-pyridin-3-yl-propionic acid ethyl ester bis- hvdrochloride (24-2)
HCl gas was passed through a solution of 24- l a (0.84 g, 2.4 mmol) in EtOAc (24 mL) at 0°C for 15 min and the reaction mixture stirred for an additional 15 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue triturated with ether to give 24-2 as awhite solid. TLC: Rf = 0.29 (10:1 :1 ethanol/H2θ/NH4θH).
3-[2-(5-t-Butoxycarbonylaminopentanoylamino)acetylamino]-3(S)- pyridin-3-yl-propionic acid ethyl ester (24-3)
A CH3CN solution (20 mL) of 24^ (71.7 mg, 0.33mmol), 24^2 (97 mg, 0.30 mmol), HOBT (50.5 mg, O.33mmol), EDC (63.3 mg, 0.33 mmol) and NMM (132 ml, 1.2 mmol) was stirred under ambient conditions for 18 hr. The reaction solution was concentrated to a yellow gum which was partitioned between EtOAc and sat. NaC03
solution. The EtOAc layer was washed with H2θ, brine, dried(MgS04) and concentrated to provide 24-3 as a colorless gum. TLC: Rf = 0.41 (50% CH2Cl2/acetone), i H NMR (300MHz, CDCL3) δ 8.56(bs, IH), 8.51 (m, IH), 7.62(m, IH), 7.49(m, IH), 5.43(m, IH), 4.08(q, J=7Hz, 2H), 3.94(m, 2H), 3.12(m, 2H), 2.90(m, 2H), 2.28(m, 2H), 1.64(m, 4H), 1.43(s, 9H), 1.13(t, J=7Hz, 3H).
3-[2-(5-Aminopentanoylamino)-acetylamino]-3(S)-pyridin-3-yl- propionic acid ethyl ester dihvdrochloride (24-4)
A 4M HCI/dioxane solution(10 mL) of 24^3 (101 mg, 0.24 mmol) was stirred under ambient conditions for 18 hr. The solution was concentrated to provide 24-4 as a pale yellow gum which was used in the next step without further purification. i H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.93(bs, IH), 8.79(m, I H), 8.69(m,
IH), 8.10(m, IH), 5.48(m, IH), 4.14(q, J=7Hz, 2H), 3.88(m, 2H),
3.07(m, 2H), 2.89(m, 2H), 2.33(m, 2H), 1.68(m, 4H), 1.23(t, J=7Hz,
3H).
3-(2- { 5-f3-(2-Nitrophenyl)-thioureido]-pentanoyIamino }-acetyl- amino)-3(S)-pyridin-3-yl-propionic acid ethyl ester (24-6)
An ethanol solution(20 mL) of 24^5 (40 mg, 0.224 mmol) and 24-4 (95 mg, 0.224 mmol) was refluxed for 2 hr and concentrated to a yellow gum which was purified by flash chromatography (80% EtOAc/EtOH-NH3) to provide 24-6 as a yellow gum. TLC: Rf = 0.41 (80% EtOAc/EtOH-NH3), i H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.54(m, I H), 8.42(m, I H), 8.03(m, 2H), 7.83(m, IH), 7.63(m, I H), 7.41(m, IH), 7.32(m, IH), 5.39(m, I H), 4.09(q, J=7 Hz, 2H), 3.86(s, 2H), 3.61 (m, 2H), 2.91 (m, 2H), 2.33(m, 2H), 1.69(m, 4H), 1.16(t, J=7Hz, 3H).
3-(2- { 5-[3-(2-Aminophenyl)-thioureidoJ-pentanoylamino } - acetylamino)-3(S)-pyridin-3-yl-propionic acid methyl ester (24-7)
10% Pd/C (50 mg) and 24^6 ( 103 mg, 0.194 mmol) were added to methanol saturated with ammonia and the mixmre hydrogenated at 1 atm. for 18 hr. The reaction was filtered and concentrated to provide 24-7 as a pale yellow gum which was used in the next step without further purification. i H NMR (300MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.53(m, IH), 8.41(m, IH), 7.84(m, I H), 7.40(m, IH), 7.07(m, IH), 6.97(m, IH), 6.82(m, IH), 6.67(m, I H), 5.38(m, IH), 3.85(m, 2H), 3.62(s, 3H). 3.54(m, 2H), 2.93(m, 2H), 2.30(m, 2H), 1.60(m, 4H).
3- { 2-[5-( I H-Benzoimidazol-2-yl-amino)-pentanoyIamino]-acetyl- amino l-3(S)-pyridin-3-yl-propionic acid methyl ester (24-8) An ethanol mixture(20 ml) of 24-7 (89 mg, 0.18 mmol), mercuric oxide (78.8 mg, 0.36 mmol) and sulfur (1.8 mg, 0.056 mmol) was refluxed for 2 hr. After cooling, the mixture was filtered and the filtrate concentrated to a semi-solid which was purified by flash chromatography (20 % MeOH/CH2Cl2) to provide 24-8 as a solid. TLC: Rf = 0.1 (20% MeOH/CH2Cl2), iH NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.52(m, I H), 8.4 l(m, IH), 7.8 Km, I H), 7.38(M, I H), 7.23(m, 2H), 7.06(m, 2H), 5.38(m, IH), 3.85(s, 2H), 3.62(s, 3H), 3.37(m, 2H), 2.95(m, 2H), 2.33(m, 2H), 1.71 (m, 4H).
3- {2-L5-(l H-Benzoimidazol-2-yl-amino)-pentanoylamino]-acetyl- amino } -3(S)-pyridin-3-yl-propionic acid (24-9)
A 6N HCl solution (5 ml) of 24^8 (33 mg, 0.073 mmol) was stirred under ambient conditions for 18 hr. The reaction was concentrated to give a viscous gum which was purified by prep HPLC (Delta-Pak C 18, gradient elution over 40 min., 5-50% CH3CN/H2O- 0.1 % TFA) to give 24^9. ! H NMR (300MHZ, CD3OD) δ 8.78(m, IH), 8.65(m, I H), 8.40(m, I H),
7.86(m, IH), 7.34(m, 2H), 7.27(m, 2H), 5.40(m, I H), 3.87(m. 2H), 3.42(m, 2H), 2.98(m, 2H), 2.34(M, 2H), 1.74(m, 4H).
EXAMPLE 25
Tablet Preparation
Tablets containing 25.0, 50.0, and 100.0 mg., respectively, of the following active compounds are prepared as illustrated below:
4-(2-Amino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)-(2- phenethyl)-β-alanine;
4-(2-Bocamino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)-f(2- indol-3-yl)ethyl]-β-alanine; and
4-(2-Amino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)-[(2-indol- 3-yl)ethyl]-β-alanine.
TABLE FOR DOSES CONTAINING FROM 25-100M F THE ACTIVE COMPOUND
All of the active compound, cellulose, and a portion of the co starch are mixed and granulated to 10% com starch paste. The resulting granulation is sieved, dried and blended with the remainder of the corn starch and the magnesium stearate. The resulting granulation is then compressed into tablets containing 25.0, 50.0, and 100.0 mg, respectively, of active ingredient per tablet.
EXAMPLE 26
Intravenous formulations
An intravenous dosage form of the above-indicated active compound is prepared as follows:
Active Compound 0.5- 10.0mg
Sodium Citrate 5-50mg
Citric Acid l -15mg
Sodium Chloride l -8mg
Water for Injection (USP) q.s. to 1 L
Utilizing the above quantities, the active compound is dissolved at room temperature in a previously prepared solution of sodium chloride, citric acid, and sodium citrate in Water for Injection (USP, see page 1636 of United States Pharmacopeia/National Formulary for 1995, published by United States Pharmacopeial Convention, Inc., Rockville, Maryland, copyright 1994.
EXAMPLE 27
Intravenous formulation
A pharmaceutical composition was prepared at room temperature using 4-(2-Aminothiazol-4-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-2(S)- phenylsulfonamido-β-alanine t-butyl ester, a citrate buffer, and sodium chloride, to obtain a concentration of 4-(2-Aminothiazol-4-yl)butanoyl- glycyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido-β-alanine t-butyl ester of 0.25 mg/ml. 800 grams of water was introduced into a standard pharmaceutical mixing vessel. 0.25 grams of the ester was dissolved in the water. 2.7 grams sodium citrate and 0.16 grams citric acid were added to obtain a finished citrate concentration of 10 mM. 8 grams of sodium chloride was added. 200 grams of water was then added to
achieve the desired final concentrations of ingredients. The resulting aqueous formulation had the following concentrations:
Ingredient Amount 4-(2-Aminothiazol-4-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-2(S)- phenylsulfonamido-β-alanine t-butyl ester 0.25 mg/ml
citrate buffer lO mM
sodium chloride 8 mg/ml
The finished concentrated formulation is stored in a standard USP Type I borosilicate glass container at 30-40 degrees C. Prior to compound administration, the concentrated formulation is diluted in a 4: 1 ratio resulting in a finished concentration of 0.05 mg/ml and transfered to an infusion bag.
Therapeutic Treatment
Compounds of the invention may be administered to patients where inhibition of human or mammalian platelet aggregation or adhesion is desired.
Compounds of the invention are useful in inhibiting platelet aggregation and thus, they may find utility in surgery on peripheral arteries (arterial grafts, carotid endaterectomy) and in cardiovascular surgery where manipulation of arteries and organs, and/or the interation of platelets with artificial surfaces, leads to platelet aggregation and consumption. The aggregated platelets may form thrombi and thromboemboli. Compounds of the invention may be administered to these surgical patients to prevent the formation of thrombi and thromboemboli.
Compounds of the invention are also effective inhibitors of osteoclast cellular adhesion, and can be administered to inhibit bone resorption. The dosage regimen utilizing the compounds of the present invention for this purpose is selected in accordance with a variety of
factors including type, species, age, weight, sex and medical condition of the patient; the severity of the condition to be treated; the route of administration; the renal and hepatic function of the patient; and the particular compound or salt thereof employed. An ordinarily skilled physician or veterinarian can readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of the drug required to prevent, counter, or arrest the progress of the condition.
Oral dosages of the compounds, when used to prevent osteoclast cellular adhesion, will range between about 0.01 mg per kg of body weight per day (mg/kg/day) to about 100 mg/kg/day and preferably 0.01 -50 mg/kg/day and more preferably 0.01 -20 mg/kg/day, e.g. 0.1 mg/kg/day, 1.0 mg/kg/day, 5.0 mg/kg/day, or 10 mg/kg/day. Advantageously, compounds of the present invention may be administered in divided doses of two, three, or four times daily. Intravenously, the most preferred doses will range from about 1 to about 10 mg/kg/minute during a constant rate infusion. Furthermore, preferred compounds for the present invention can be administered in intranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles, or via transdermal routes, using those forms of transdermal skin patches well known to those of ordinary skill in that art. To be administered in the form of a transdermal delivery system, the dosage administration will, or course, be continuous rather that intermittent throughout the dosage regime.
EIB ASSAY
Duong et al., J. Bone Miner. Res., 8:S 378, describe a system for expressing the human integrin o vβ3- It has been suggested that the integrin is involved in the attachment of osteoclasts to bone matrix, since antibodies against the integrin, or RGD-containing molecules, such as echistatin (European Publication 382 451 ), can effectively block bone resorption.
Reaction Mixture:
1. 175 μl TBS buffer (50 mM Tris«HCl pH 7.2, 150 mM NaCl, 1 % BSA, 1 mM CaC l 2, 1 mM MgCl2).
2. 25 μl cell extract (dilute with 100 mM octylglucoside buffer to give 2000 cpm/25 μl).
3. 125ι_echistatin (25 μl/50,000 cpm) (see EP 382 451 ).
4. 25 μl buffer (total binding) or unlabeled echistatin (non¬ specific binding).
The reaction mixture was then incubated for 1 h at room temp. The unbound and the bound ctvβ3 were separated by filtration using a Skatron Cell Harvester. The filters (prewet in 1.5% poly- ethyleneimine for 10 mins) were then washed with the wash buffer (50 mM Tris HCl, ImM CaCl2/MgCl2, pH 7.2). The filter was then counted in a gamma counter.
The following compounds were tested and shown to bind to the human integrin 0Cvβ3.
Claims
1 . A compound of the formula:
O O R4
II II I
X-(CH2)m-Y-(CH2)n-C-N-CH2-C-NH-CH-CH-C02R6
R3 R5
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein X is a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic aromatic ring system containing 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S and either unsubstituted or substituted with Rl or R2, or
a 9- to 10-membered polycyclic ring system, wherein one or more of the rings is aromatic, containing 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S and either unsubstituted or substituted with R l or R^,
wherein R l and R^ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, I,
Cl - 10 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, aryl Cl -8 alkyl, amino, amino Cl -8 alkyl, C l -3 acylamino,
Cl -3 acylamino Cl -8 alkyl,
Cl -6 alkylamino,
C l -6 alkylamino Cl -8 alkyl,
C l -6 dialkylamino, C l -6 dialkylamino C 1 -8 alkyl, Cl-4 alkoxy,
Cl-4 alkoxy Cl-6 alkyl, carboxy, carboxy Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-3 alkoxycarbonyl,
Cl-3 alkoxycarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, carboxy Cl-6 alkyloxy and hydroxy, hydroxy Cl-6 alkyl;
Yis
O NHR6
II
-(CH2)0.6- _ -Q≡C- , _c=C C- -C- . -N - -O-
.7
S02NH- , -NHS02- , 
,
where Z is O, NR8, or S; and R8 is defined as R1 above;
R3 and R^ are independently hydrogen, a five or six membered mono or polycyclic aromatic ring system containing 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, either unsubstituted or substituted, with one or more groups selected from hydroxyl, halogen, cyano, trifluoromethyl, Cl-3 alkoxy, Cl-5 alkylcarbonyloxy, Cl-5 alkoxycarbonyl, Cl-5 alkyl, aminoCl-5 alkyl, hydroxycarbonyl, hydroxycarbonylC l -5 alkyl, or hydroxycarbonylC 1-5 alkoxy,
-(CH2)n-aryl, wherein n=l-4 and aryl is defined as a five or six membered mono or polycyclic aromatic ring system containing 0, 1,2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, either unsubstituted or substituted, with one or more groups selected from hydroxyl, halogen, cyano, trifluoromethyl, Cl-3 alkoxy, Cl-5 alkylcarbonyloxy, Cl-5 alkoxycarbonyl, Cl-5 alkyl, aminoC]-5 alkyl, hydroxycarbonyl, hydroxycarbonylC 1-5 alkyl, or hydroxycarbonylC 1-5 alkoxy, halogen, hydroxyl,
C l -5alky lcarbony lamino, arylCl-5 alkoxy, Cl-5 alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl,
Cl-5 alkylaminocarbonyl,
Cl-5 alkylcarbonyloxy,
C3-8 cycloalkyl, oxo, amino,
Cl-3 alkylamino, aminoCl-3 alkyl, arylaminocarbonyl, arylCl-5alkylaminocarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminocarbonyl-Cl-4 alkyl, hydroxycarbonyl, hydroxycarbonyl Cl-5 alkyl, C l _6alkyl, either unsubstituted or substituted, with one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl, Ci-5alkylcarbonylamino, arylCl-5 alkoxy, Cl-5 alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, Cl-5 alkylaminocarbonyl,
Cl-5 alkylcarbonyloxy, C3-8 cycloalkyl, oxo, amino, Cl-3 alkylamino, aminoCi-3 alkyl, arylaminocarbonyl, aryICl-5alkylaminocarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminocarbonyl-Cl-4 alkyl, hydroxycarbonyl, or hydroxycarbonyl Cl-5 alkyl, provided that the carbon atom to which R^ and R^ are attached bears only one heteroatom,
-(CH2)m C≡CH,
-(CH2)mC≡C-C 1-6 alkyl, -(CH2)m C≡C-C3-7cycloalky 1,
-(CH2)m C≡C- aryl,
-(CH2)mC≡C-Cl-6 alkyl aryl,
-(CH2)m CH=CH2, -(CH2)mCH=CH Cl-6 alkyl, -(CH2)m CH=CH-C3-7cycloalkyl,
-(CH2)m CH=CH aryl, -(CH2)m CH=CH Cl-6 alkyl aryl, -(CH2)mS02Cl-6 alkyl, or -(CH2)mS02C 1-6 alkylaryl;
hydrogen, fluorine, Cl-8 alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxy Cl-6 alkyl, carboxy, carboxy Cl-6 alkyl, Cl-6 alkyloxy. C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl Cl-6 alkyloxy, aryl, aryl Cj-6 alkyl, Cl-6 alkylcarbonyloxy, amino, amino Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-6 alkylamino,
Cl-6 alkylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl amino, aryl amino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl carbonyloxy, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonyloxy,
Cl-6 dialkylamino,
Cl-6 dialkylamino Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-6 alkylaminocarbonyloxy,
Cl-8 alkylsulfonylamino, Cl-8 alkylsulfonylamino C l -6 alkyl, aryl sulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-8 alkyloxycarbonylamino, Cl-8 alkyloxycarbonylamino Cl-8 alkyl, aryl oxycarbonylamino Cl-8 alkyl, aryl Cl-8 alkyloxycarbonylamino, aryl Cl-8 alkyloxycarbonylamino Cl-8 alkyl,
Cl-8 alkylcarbonylamino, Cl-8 alkylcarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl carbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aminocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylamino,
Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl aminocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylamino, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aminosulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino,
Cl-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl aminosulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl,
Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl Cl-6alkyl, aryl sulfonyl Cl-6alkyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl Cl-6alkyl,
C]-6 alkylcarbonyl,
Cl-6 alkylcarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, aryl carbonyl Cl-6alkyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonyl Cl-6alkyl,
Cl-6 alkylthiocarbonylamino,
Cl-6 alkylthiocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl thiocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylthiocarbonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylthiocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aminocarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, or
Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonyl, or
Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, or aryl aminocarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonyl, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, wherein alkyl groups and aryl groups may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents selected from R 1 and R^; and R° and R^ are independently hydrogen,
Cl-8 alkyl, aryl, aryl Cl-8 alkyl, hydroxy,
Cl-8 alkyloxy, aryloxy, aryl Cl-6 alkyloxy,
Cl-8 alkylcarbonyloxy Cl-4 alkyloxy, aryl Cl-8 alkylcarbonyloxy Cl-4 alkyloxy,
Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylmethyleneoxy, or
C 1 -8 dialky laminocarbonylmethyleneoxy where m and n are integers 0-6.
2. A compound of Claim 1 having the formula:
O O R4
II II I
X-(CH2)m-Y-(CH2)n-C-N-CH2-C-NH-CH-CH-C02R6
R3 R5
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein
89
X is
wherein n is 2-4, and n' is 2 or 3, and wherein R l and R- are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, I,
Cl -10 alkyl,
C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, aryl Cl -8 alkyl, amino, amino Cl-8 alkyl, Cl-3 acylamino, Cl-3 acylamino Cl-8 alkyl, Cl-6 alkylamino, Cl-6 alkylamino Cl-8 alkyl,
Cl-6 dialkylamino, Cl-6 dialkylamino Cl-8 alkyl, Cl-4 alkoxy, Cl-4 alkoxy Cl-6 alkyl, carboxy, carboxy Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-3 alkoxycarbonyl,
Cl-3 alkoxycarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, carboxy Cl-6 alkyloxy and hydroxy, hydroxy Cl-6 alkyl;
R5is hydrogen, fluorine,
Cl-8 alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxy Cl-6 alkyl, carboxy, carboxy Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-6 alkyloxy.
C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl Cl-6 alkyloxy, aryl, aryl Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-6 alkylcarbonyloxy, amino,
Cl-6 alkylamino, amino Cl-6 alkyl, Cl-6 alkylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl amino, aryl amino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl carbonyloxy, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonyloxy,
Cl-6 dialkylamino,
Cl-6 dialkylamino Cl-6 alkyl, Cl-6 alkylaminocarbonyloxy ,
C l -8 alkylsulfonylamino,
Cl-8 alkylsulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl sulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl sulfonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-8 alkyloxycarbonylamino,
Cl-8 alkyloxycarbonylamino Cl-8 alkyl, aryl Cl-8 alkyloxycarbonylamino, aryl oxycarbonylamino, aryl oxycarbonylamino Cl-8 alkyl, aryl Cl-8 alkyloxycarbonylamino Cl-8 alkyl,
Cl-8 alkylcarbonylamino,
Cl-8 alkylcarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl carbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl carbonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl aminocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl aminocarbonylamino, aryl Cj-8 alkylaminocarbonylamino, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylamino Cj-6 alkyl, aminosulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aminosulfonylamino, Cl-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino,
Cl-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl aminosulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl aminosulfonylamino, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino, aryl C l -8 alkylaminosulfonylamino C l -6 alkyl,
Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl,
Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl Cl -6alkyl, aryl sulfonyl, aryl sulfonyl Cl-6alkyl, aryl alkylsulfonyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl Cl-6alkyl,
Cl-6 alkylcarbonyl,
Cl-6 alkylcarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, aryl carbonyl Cl-6alkyl, aryl carbonyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonyl Cl-6alkyl,
Cl-6 alkylthiocarbonylamino, Cl-6 alkylthiocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl thiocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl thiocarbonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylthiocarbonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylthiocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aminocarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, aminocarbonyl,
Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonyl,
Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, aryl aminocarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, aryl aminocarbonyl, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonyl, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, wherein alkyl groups and aryl groups may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents selected from R 1 and R~ and
R° and R^ are independently hydrogen,
Cl-8 alkyl, aryl Cl-8 alkyl, hydroxy,
Cl-8 alkyloxy, aryl, aryl Cl-6 alkyloxy, Cl-8 alkylcarbonyloxy C l -4 alkyloxy, aryl Cl-8 alkylcarbonyloxy Cl-4 alkyloxy,
Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylmethyleneoxy, or
Cl-8 dialkylaminocarbonylmethyleneoxy, where m and n are integers 0-6.
3. A compound of Claim 2 having the formula:
O O 4
II II I
X-(CH2)m-Y-(CH2)n-C-N-CH2-C-NH-CH-CH-C02R6
R3 R5 and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein Xis 
Cl-3 acylamino, Cl-3 acylamino Cl-8 alkyl,
C]-6 alkylamino,
Cl-6 alkylamino Cl-8 alkyl,
Cl-6 dialkylamino,
Cl-6 dialkylamino Cl-8 alkyl,
Cl-4 alkoxy,
Cl-4 alkoxy Cl-6 alkyl, carboxy, carboxy Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-3 alkoxycarbonyl,
Cl-3 alkoxycarbonyl C]-6 alkyl, carboxy Cl-6 alkyloxy and hydroxy, hydroxy Cl-6 alkyl;
O NHRfc
-(CH2), 7
0-6" ■C≡C- -C = C -N -O-
R'
where Z is O, NR8, or S; and R8 is defined as R1 above;
nd R4 are independently hydrogen, a five or six membered mono or polycyclic aromatic ring system containing 0, 1,2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, either unsubstituted or substituted, with one or more groups selected from hydroxyl, halogen, cyano, trifluoromethyl, Cl-3 alkoxy,
Cl-5 alkylcarbonyloxy, Cl-5 alkoxycarbonyl, Cl-5 alkyl, aminoCl-5 alkyl, hydroxycarbonyl, hydroxycarbonylC 1-5 alkyl, or hydroxycarbonylC 1-5 alkoxy,
-(CH2)n-aryl, wherein n=l-4 and aryl is defined as a five or six membered mono or polycyclic aromatic ring system containing 0, 1,2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, either unsubstituted or substituted, with one or more groups selected from hydroxyl, halogen, cyano, trifluoromethyl, Cl-3 alkoxy, Cl-5 alkylcarbonyloxy, Cl-5 alkoxycarbonyl, Cl-5 alkyl, aminoCl-5 alkyl, hydroxycarbonyl, hydroxycarbonylC 1-5 alkyl, or hydroxycarbonylC 1-5 alkoxy, halogen, hydroxyl, Cl-5alkylcarbonylamino, arylCl-5 alkoxy,
Cl-5 alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl,
Cl-5 alkylaminocarbonyl, Cl-5 alkylcarbonyloxy,
C3-8 cycloalkyl, oxo, amino,
Cl-3 alkylamino, aminoC 1-3 alkyl, arylaminocarbonyl, ary IC 1 -5alkylaminocarbonyl, aminocarbonyl-Cl-4 alkyl, hydroxycarbonyl, hydroxycarbonyl Cl-5 alkyl,
Cl-6alkyl, either unsubstituted or substituted, with one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl, Ci-5alkylcarbonylamino, arylCl-5 alkoxy, Cl-5 alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl,
C 1 -5 alkylaminocarbonyl,
Cl-5 alkylcarbonyloxy, C3-8 cycloalkyl, oxo, amino, Cl-3 alkylamino, aminoCl-3 alkyl, arylaminocarbonyl, arylCl-5alkylaminocarbonyl, aminocarbonyl-Cl-4 alkyl, hydroxycarbonyl, or hydroxycarbonyl Cl-5 alkyl, provided that the carbon atom to which R3 and R^ are attached bears only one heteroatom,
-(CH2)m C≡CH, -(CH2)mC≡C-C 1-6 alkyl,
-(CH2)m C≡C-C3-7cycloalkyl,
-(CH2)m C≡C- aryl,
-(CH2)mC≡C-Cl-6 alkyl aryl,
-(CH2)m CH=CH2, -(CH2)m CH=CH C l -6 alkyl,
-(CH2)m CH=CH-C3-7cycloalkyl,
-(CH2)m CH=CH aryl,
-(CH2)m CH=CH Cl-6 alkyl aryl,
-(CH2)mSθ2Cl-6alkyl,or -(CH2)mSθ2C l -6 alkylaryl;
hydrogen, fluorine, Cl-8 alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxy Cl-6 alkyl, carboxy, carboxy Cl-6 alkyl, Cl-6 alkyloxy.
C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl Cl-6 alkyloxy, aryl Cl-6 alkyl, Cl-6 alkylcarbonyloxy, amino Cl-6 alkyl, amino,
Cl-6 alkylamino,
Cl-6 alkylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl amino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl amino, aryl Cl-6 alkylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonyloxy,
C l -6 dialkylamino,
Ci-6 dialkylamino Cl-6 alkyl,
Ci-6 alkylaminocarbonyloxy,
Cl-8 alkylsulfonylamino, Cl-8 alkylsulfonylamino C l -6 alkyl, aryl sulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl sulfonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, Cl- alkyloxycarbonylamino,
Cl-8 alkyloxycarbonylamino Cl-8 alkyl, aryl oxycarbonylamino Cl-8 alkyl, aryl oxycarbonylamino, aryl Cl-8 alkyloxycarbonylamino, aryl Cl-8 alkyloxycarbonylamino Cl-8 alkyl,
Cl-8 alkylcarbonylamino,
Cl-8 alkylcarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl carbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl carbonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aminocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aminocarbonylamino, Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylamino,
Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl aminocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl aminocarbonylamino, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylamino, aryl C l -8 alkylaminocarbonylamino C l -6 alkyl, aminosulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aminosu If ony lamino ,
Cl-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino,
Cl-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl aminosulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl aminosulfonylamino, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl, Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl Cl-6alkyl, aryl sulfonyl Cl-6alkyl, aryl sulfonyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl Cl-6alkyl, Cl-6 alkylcarbonyl,
Cl-6 alkylcarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, aryl carbonyl Cl-6alkyl, aryl carbonyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylcarbonyl Cl-6alkyl,
Cl-6 alkylthiocarbonylamino,
Cl-6 alkylthiocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl thiocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl thiocarbonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylthiocarbonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylthiocarbonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aminocarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, aminocarbonyl, Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonyl,
Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonyl Cj-6 alkyl, aryl aminocarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, aryl aminocarbonyl, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonyl, or aryl Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonyl Cl-6 alkyl, wherein alkyl groups and aryl groups may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents selected from R 1 and R^; and
R° and R ' are independently hydrogen,
Cl-8 alkyl, aryl, aryl Cl-8 alkyl, hydroxy, Cl-8 alkyloxy, aryl oxy, aryl Cl-6 alkyloxy,
Cl-8 alkylcarbonyloxy Cl-4 alkyloxy, aryl Cl-8 alkylcarbonyloxy Cl-4 alkyloxy, Cl-8 alkylaminocarbonylmethyleneoxy, or
C 1 -8 dialkylaminocarbony lmethyleneoxy, where m and n are integers 0-6.
4. A compound of Claim 3 having the formula:
O O R4
X-(CH2)m-Y-(CH2)n-C-N-CH2-C-NH-CH-CH-C02R6
R3 R5
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein
X is
Y is
-(CH2)0.4- , - 
;
R8 is hydrogen or aryl Cθ-8 alkyl; R^ is hydrogen, a six membered monocyclic aromatic ring system, either unsubstituted or substituted, with one or more groups selected from hydroxyl, halogen, cyano, trifluoromethyl,
Cl -3 alkoxy, Cj -5 alkylcarbonyloxy, Cl -5 alkoxycarbonyl, Cl -5 alkyl, aminoCi -5 alkyl, hydroxycarbonyl, hydroxycarbonylC 1 -5 alkyl, or hydroxycarbonylC 1 -5 alkoxy, -(CH2)n_aryl, wherein n=l -4 and aryl is defined as a six membered monocyclic aromatic ring system, either unsubstituted or substituted, with one or more groups selected from hydroxyl, halogen, cyano, trifluoromethyl, C l -3 alkoxy, Cl -5 alkylcarbonyloxy, Cl -5 alkoxycarbonyl, Cl-5 alkyl, aminoCi -5 alkyl, hydroxycarbonyl, hydroxycarbonylC 1 -5 alkyl, or hydroxycarbonylC] .5 alkoxy, C3-8 cycloalkyl, or
C ι _6alkyl, either unsubstituted or substituted, with C3-8 cycloalkyl;
R4 is hydrogen,
-(CH2)n-aryl, wherein n=0-4 and aryl is defined as a six membered monocyclic aromatic ring system, either unsubstituted or substituted, with one or more groups selected from hydroxyl, halogen, cyano, trifluoromethyl, Cl -3 alkoxy, Cι _5 alkylcarbonyloxy, Cl -5 alkoxycarbonyl, Cl-5 alkyl, aminoCl-5 alkyl, hydroxycarbonylCθ-5 alkyl, or hydroxycarbonylC 1-5 alkoxy, Cl-6alkyl, or -(CH2)0-4 C≡CH;
R5i.s hydrogen, aryl sulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl sulfonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-8 alkylsulfonylamino,
Cl-8 alkylsulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl sulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl sulfonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonylamino, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aminosulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aminosu If ony lamino , Cl-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino,
Cl-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl aminosulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl, aryl aminosulfonylamino, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino, aryl Cl-8 alkylaminosulfonylamino Cl-6 alkyl,
Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl,
Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl Cl-6alkyl, aryl sulfonyl Cl-6alkyl, aryl sulfonyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl, aryl Cl-6 alkylsulfonyl Cl-6alkyl,
wherein alkyl groups and aryl groups may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents selected from R 1 and R2; R6 is hydrogen,
Cl -8 alkyl, or aryl, aryl Cl -8 alkyl;
m is an integer selected from 0 to 6; and n is an integer selected from 0 to 6.
5. A compound of Claim 4 having the formula:
O O R4
II II I
X-(CH2)m-Y-(CH2)n-C-N-CH2-C-NH-CH-CH-C02R6
R3 R5
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein X is
H CH3
-(CH2)0_4- t -O- , -N- , or -N-
R3.s hydrogen, methyl,
R4is hydrogen, methyl,
-≡CH; R5 is hydrogen, or
R6 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, or t-butyl;
m is an integer selected from 0 to 6; and n is an integer selected from 0 to 6.
6. A compound of claim 5 selected from the group consisting of
4-(2-Aminothiazol-4-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido-β- alanine t-butyl ester,
4-(2-Aminothiazol-4-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido-β- alanine,
4-(2-Aminothiazol-4-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-3(R)-(2-phenethyl)-β-alanine methyl ester,
4-(2-Aminothiazol-4-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-3(R)-(2-phenethyl)-β-alanine trifluoroacetate salt,
5-(2-Pyridylamino)pentanoylglycyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido-β-alanine ethyl ester,
5-(2-Pyridylamino)pentanoylglycyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido-β-alanine trifluoroacetate salt, 4-(2-Bocamino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-sarcosine-3(R)-|(2-indol-3- yl)ethylj-β-alanine ethyl ester,
4-(2-Aminopyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-sarcosine-3(R)-[(2-indol-3-yl)ethyl]- β-alanine,
4-(2-Boc-aminopyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido-β- alanine t-butyl ester,
4-(2-Aminopyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-2(S)-phenylsulfonamido-β- alanine,
4-(Pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-sarcosine-3(R)-[2-(indol-3-yl)ethyl]-β-alanine ethyl ester,
4-(Pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-sarcosine-3(R)-[2-(indol-3-yl)ethyl]-β-alanine,
4-(2-Bocamino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)-(2- phenethyl)-β-alanine ethyl ester,
4-(2-Amino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)-(2- phenethyl)-β-alanine ethyl ester hydrochloride,
4-(2-Amino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)-(2- phenethyl)-β-alanine,
4-(2-Bocamino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)-[(2- indol-3-yl)ethyl]-β-alanine,
4-(2-Amino-pyridin-6-yI)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)-[(2-indol- 3-yl)ethyl]-β-alanine,
4-(2-Bocamino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)- methyl-β-alanine ethyl ester, 4-(2-Amino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)-methyl-β- alanine ethyl ester,
4-(2-Amino-pyridin-6-yl)butanoyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(R)-methyl-β- alanine,
4-(Pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-(2-phenylethyl)glycyl-3(R)-(2-phenethyl)- β-alanine ethyl ester,
4-(Pyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-(2-phenyl)glycyl-3(R)-(2-phenethyl)-β- alanine,
4-(2-BOC-Aminopyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-(2-phenethyl)glycyl-3(R)- methyl-β-alanine benzyl ester,
4-(2-BOC-Aminopyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-(2-phenethyl)glycyI-3(R)- methyl-β-alanine,
4-(2-Aminopyridin-4-yl)butanoyl-N-(2-phenethyI)gIycyl-3(R)-methyl- β-alanine,
4-(Pyridyloxy)butyrate-N-(2-phenethyl)glycyl-3(R)-2-phenethyl-β- alanine ethyl ester,
4-(Pyridyloxy)butyrate-N-(2-phenethyl)glycyl-3(R)-2-phenethyl-β- alanine,
3-[(N-Methyl)-N-(4-pyridyI)]aminoproρionyl-sarcosine-3(R)-(2- phenethyl)-β-alanine ethyl ester,
3-f(N-Methyl)-N-(4-pyridyl)]aminopropionyl-sarcosine-3(R)-(2- phenethyl)-β-alanine, N- { N'-3-(4-t-Butoxycarbony 1- 1 -piperizinyl)benzoyl)glycyl } -3(R)- methyl-β-alanine benzyl ester,
N-[N'-[3-( 1 -Piperazinyl)benzoyl]glycylJ-3(R)-methyl-β-aIanine trifluoroacetic acid salt,
N-[N'-[3-(4-t-Butoxycarbonyl-l -piperazinyl)benzoyl]glycyll-3(R)-(2- phenethyl)-β-alanine methyl ester,
N-[N'-[3-(l-Piperazinyl)benzoyl]glycyl]-3(R)-(2-phenethyl)-β-alanine trifluoroacetic acid salt,
N-[N'-[3-(4-t-Butoxycarbonyl- 1 -piperazinyl)benzoyl]-N'-(2- phenethyl)glycyl]-3(R)-(2-phenethyl)-β-alanine methyl ester,
N-[N'-L3-(l -Piperazinyl)benzoyl]-N'-(2-phenethyl)glycyI]-3(R)-(2- phenethyl)-β-alanine trifluoroacetic acid salt,
4-( l ,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-l ,8-naphthyridin-7-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-β-alanine t-butyl ester,
4-( 1 ,2,3 ,4-Tetrahydro-l , 8-naphthyridin-7-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-β- alanine,
4-( l ,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-l ,8-naphthyridin-7-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-3(S)- pyridin-3-yl-β-alanine ethyl ester,
4-( 1 ,2,3,4-Tetrahydro- 1 ,8-naphthyridin-7-yl)butanoyl-glycyl-3(S)- pyridin-3-yl-β-alanine,
Ethyl N-pyridin-4-ylisonipecotyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(S)-ethynyl- β-alanine, N-Pyridin-ylisonipecotyl-N-cyclopropylglycyI-3(S)-ethynyI-β- alanine,
Ethyl N-pyridin-4-ylnipecotyl-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(S)-ethynyl-β- alanine,
N-Pyridin-4-yInipecotyI-N-cyclopropylglycyl-3(S)-ethynyl-β- alanine,
4-( 1 ,2,3,4-Tetrahydro- 1 ,8-naphthyridin-5-yl)butanoyl-N-(cyclo- propyl)glycyl-3(S)-ethynyl-β-alanine ethyl ester,
4-( 1 ,2,3 ,4-Tetrahydro-l , 8-naphthyridin-5-yl)butanoyl-N-(cyclo- propyl)g!ycyl-3(S)-ethynyl-β-alanine,
3- { 2-f 5-( 1 H-Benzoimidazol-2-yl-amino)-pentanoylamino]-acetylamino } - 3(S)-pyridin-3-yl- propionic acid, and
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
7. A compound of Claim 1 for use in inhibiting the binding of fibrinogen to blood platelets, inhibiting the aggregation of blood platelets, treating thrombus formation or embolus formation, or preventing thrombus or embolus formation in a mammal.
8. A composition for inhibiting the binding of fibrinogen to blood platelets in a mammal, comprising an antifibrinogenic binding effective amount of a compound of Claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
9. A composition for inhibiting the aggregation of blood platelets in a mammal, by blocking fibrinogen from acting at its receptor site, comprising an antil ibrinogenic binding effective amount of a compound of Claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
10. A composition for inhibiting the aggregation of blood platelets in a mammal, by blocking fibrinogen from acting at its receptor site, comprising an antifibrinogenic binding effective amount of a compound of Claim 1 in combination with a thrombolytic agent and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
1 1. A composition for inhibiting the aggregation of blood platelets in a mammal, by blocking fibrinogen from acting at its receptor site, comprising an antifibrinogenic binding effective amount of a compound of Claim 1 in combination with an anticoagulant agent and pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
12. A method for inhibiting the binding of fibrinogen to blood platelets in a mammal, comprising administering to the mammal a composition of Claim 8.
13. A method for inhibiting the aggregation of blood platelets in a mammal, by blocking fibrinogen from acting at its receptor site, comprising administering to the mammal a composition of Claim 9.
14. A method for inhibiting the aggregation of blood platelets in a mammal, by blocking fibrinogen from acting at its receptor site, comprising administering to the mammal a composition of Claim 10.
15. A method for inhibiting the aggregation of blood platelets in a mammal, by blocking fibrinogen from acting at its receptor site, comprising administering to the mammal a composition of Claim 1 1.
16. A composition for inhibiting the aggregation of blood platelets in a mammal, by blocking fibrinogen from acting at its receptor site, comprising an antifibrinogenic binding effective amount of a compound of Claim 1 in combination with two or more agents selected from a thrombolytic agent, an anticoagulant agent, and an antiplatelet agent and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
17. A method for inhibiting the aggregation of blood platelets in a mammal, by blocking fibrinogen from acting at its receptor site, comprising administering to the mammal the composition of Claim 16.
18. A compound of Claim 5 for use in inhibiting the binding of fibrinogen to blood platelets, inhibiting the aggregation of blood platelets, treating thrombus formation or embolus formation, or preventing thrombus or embolus formation in a mammal.
19. A composition for inhibiting the binding of fibrinogen to blood platelets, in a mammal, comprising an antifibrinogenic binding effective amount of a compound of Claim 6 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
20. A composition for inhibiting the aggregation of blood platelets, in a mammal, by blocking fibrinogen from acting at its receptor site, comprising an antifibrinogenic binding effective amount of a compound of Claim 6 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
21. A method for inhibiting the binding of fibrinogen to blood platelets in a mammal, by blocking fibrinogen from acting at its receptor site, comprising administering to the mammal a composition of Claim 19.
22. A method for inhibiting the aggregation of blood platelets in a mammal, by blocking fibrinogen from acting at its receptor site, comprising administering to the mammal a composition of Claim 20.
23. A composition for inhibiting osteoclast cellular adhesion to mammalin bone surfaces comprising a compound of Claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
24. A composition for inhibiting the solubilization of mammalian bone minerals by osteoclast cells in a mammal comprising a compound of Claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
25. A method for inhibiting osteoclast cellular adhesion to mammalin bone surfaces comprising treating the mammal with a pharmacologically effective amount of a composition of Claim 23.
26. A method for inhibiting the solubilization of mammalian bone minerals by osteoclast cells in a mammal comprising treating the mammal with a pharmacologically effective amount of a composition of Claim 24.
27. The use of a compound of Claim 1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for inhibiting the aggregation of blood platelets, preventing platelet thrombosis, preventing thromboembolism or preventing reocclusion, in a mammal.
Priority Applications (3)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| AU16990/97A AU713676B2 (en) | 1996-01-16 | 1997-01-13 | Integrin receptor antagonists |
| JP09526121A JP2000516197A (en) | 1996-01-16 | 1997-01-13 | Integrin receptor antagonist |
| EP97902931A EP0880511A4 (en) | 1996-01-16 | 1997-01-13 | Integrin receptor antagonists |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US996596P | 1996-01-16 | 1996-01-16 | |
| US60/009,965 | 1996-01-16 | ||
| GBGB9603373.3A GB9603373D0 (en) | 1996-02-16 | 1996-02-16 | Integrin receptor antagonists |
| GB9603373.3 | 1996-02-16 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO1997026250A1 true WO1997026250A1 (en) | 1997-07-24 |
Family
ID=26308745
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/US1997/000572 WO1997026250A1 (en) | 1996-01-16 | 1997-01-13 | Integrin receptor antagonists |
Country Status (5)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| EP (1) | EP0880511A4 (en) |
| JP (1) | JP2000516197A (en) |
| AU (1) | AU713676B2 (en) |
| CA (1) | CA2242877A1 (en) |
| WO (1) | WO1997026250A1 (en) |
Cited By (24)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| GB2327609A (en) * | 1997-07-23 | 1999-02-03 | Merck & Co Inc | A method for eliciting an avß5 or dual avß3/avß5 antagonizing effect |
| WO1999031061A1 (en) * | 1997-12-17 | 1999-06-24 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Integrin receptor antagonists |
| US5919792A (en) * | 1996-10-30 | 1999-07-06 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Integrin antagonists |
| US5952341A (en) * | 1996-10-30 | 1999-09-14 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Integrin antagonists |
| WO1999052872A1 (en) | 1998-04-09 | 1999-10-21 | Meiji Seika Kaisha, Ltd. | AMINOPIPERIDINE DERIVATIVES AS INTEGRIN αvβ3 ANTAGONISTS |
| US5981546A (en) * | 1996-08-29 | 1999-11-09 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Integrin antagonists |
| US6001855A (en) * | 1998-01-02 | 1999-12-14 | Hoffman-La Roche Inc. | Thiazole derivatives |
| US6017925A (en) * | 1997-01-17 | 2000-01-25 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Integrin antagonists |
| WO2000003973A1 (en) * | 1998-07-15 | 2000-01-27 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Diacylhydrazine derivatives as integrin inhibitors |
| US6048861A (en) * | 1997-12-17 | 2000-04-11 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Integrin receptor antagonists |
| WO2000048996A2 (en) * | 1999-02-20 | 2000-08-24 | Merck Patent Gmbh | β-ALANINE DERIVATIVES |
| WO2000069820A1 (en) * | 1999-05-14 | 2000-11-23 | Combichem, Inc. | Cyclic amine derivatives and their uses |
| US6211184B1 (en) | 1996-08-29 | 2001-04-03 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Integrin antagonists |
| US6294549B1 (en) | 1997-07-23 | 2001-09-25 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Method for eliciting an αvβ5 or dual αvβ3/αvβ5 antagonizing effect |
| WO2002016328A1 (en) * | 2000-08-23 | 2002-02-28 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Biphenyl derivatives and the use thereof as integrin inhibitors |
| US6410526B1 (en) | 1999-06-02 | 2002-06-25 | Merck & Co., Inc. | αv integrin receptor antagonists |
| US6489333B2 (en) | 1998-04-01 | 2002-12-03 | Bristol - Meyers Squibb Pharma Company | Integrin antagonists |
| WO2003034995A3 (en) * | 2001-10-22 | 2003-09-12 | Scripps Research Inst | Integrin targeting compounds |
| US6750219B1 (en) | 1999-08-05 | 2004-06-15 | Meiji Seika Kaisha, Ltd. | Ω-amino-α-hydroxycarboxylic acid derivatives having integrin ανβ3 antagonistic activity |
| US7317019B2 (en) | 2003-08-21 | 2008-01-08 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co. | N-alkylated diaminopropane derivatives as modulators of chemokine receptor activity |
| US11040955B2 (en) | 2017-02-28 | 2021-06-22 | Morphic Therapeutic, Inc. | Inhibitors of (alpha-v)(beta-6) integrin |
| US11426473B2 (en) | 2013-09-24 | 2022-08-30 | Fujifilm Corporation | Nitrogen-containing compound or salt thereof, or metal complex thereof |
| US11739087B2 (en) | 2018-08-29 | 2023-08-29 | Morphic Therapeutic, Inc. | Inhibiting (α-v)(β-6) integrin |
| US11795167B2 (en) | 2017-02-28 | 2023-10-24 | Morphic Therapeutic, Inc. | Inhibitors of (α-v)(β-6) integrin |
Families Citing this family (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN1307159C (en) * | 2000-05-31 | 2007-03-28 | 参天制药株式会社 | TNF-alpha prodn. inhibitors |
Citations (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US3553227A (en) * | 1968-08-05 | 1971-01-05 | Parke Davis & Co | S-2-((2-(2-thiazolylcarbamoyl)ethyl)amino)ethyl thiosulfate, salts thereof, and methods for their production |
| US4684722A (en) * | 1986-01-06 | 1987-08-04 | E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. | Monosulfactams |
Family Cites Families (11)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CA2008116C (en) * | 1989-02-23 | 2001-11-20 | Thomas Weller | Glycine derivatives |
| US5332726A (en) * | 1989-09-29 | 1994-07-26 | Rhone-Poulenc Rorer Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Antithrombotic peptides and pseudopeptides |
| US5051405A (en) * | 1989-10-10 | 1991-09-24 | Rhone-Poulenc Rorer Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Anti-thrombotic peptides and pseudopeptides |
| HUT68769A (en) * | 1991-05-07 | 1995-07-28 | Merck & Co Inc | FIBRINOGéN RECEPTOR ANTAGONIST COMPOUNDS AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS COMPRISING THEM AS EFFECTIVE SUBSTANCE |
| DE4212304A1 (en) * | 1992-04-13 | 1993-10-14 | Cassella Ag | Aspartic acid derivatives, their preparation and use |
| FR2692899B1 (en) * | 1992-06-30 | 1994-08-19 | Adir | New peptide derivatives active in cell adhesion processes, their preparation process and the pharmaceutical compositions containing them. |
| JPH08505846A (en) * | 1992-12-29 | 1996-06-25 | スミスクライン・ビーチャム・コーポレイション | Compound for inhibiting platelet aggregation |
| DE4309867A1 (en) * | 1993-03-26 | 1994-09-29 | Cassella Ag | New urea derivatives, their production and use |
| ZW4194A1 (en) * | 1993-03-29 | 1994-12-21 | Zeneca Ltd | Heterocyclic compounds |
| US5707994A (en) * | 1993-10-19 | 1998-01-13 | Sumitomo Pharmaceuticals Company, Limited | 2,3-diaminopropionic acid derivative |
| BR9612378A (en) * | 1995-12-29 | 1999-07-13 | Smithkline Beecham Corp | Vitronectin receptor antagonists |
-
1997
- 1997-01-13 CA CA002242877A patent/CA2242877A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 1997-01-13 WO PCT/US1997/000572 patent/WO1997026250A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1997-01-13 JP JP09526121A patent/JP2000516197A/en active Pending
- 1997-01-13 AU AU16990/97A patent/AU713676B2/en not_active Ceased
- 1997-01-13 EP EP97902931A patent/EP0880511A4/en not_active Withdrawn
Patent Citations (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US3553227A (en) * | 1968-08-05 | 1971-01-05 | Parke Davis & Co | S-2-((2-(2-thiazolylcarbamoyl)ethyl)amino)ethyl thiosulfate, salts thereof, and methods for their production |
| US4684722A (en) * | 1986-01-06 | 1987-08-04 | E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. | Monosulfactams |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
| Title |
|---|
| See also references of EP0880511A4 * |
Cited By (35)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US5981546A (en) * | 1996-08-29 | 1999-11-09 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Integrin antagonists |
| US6211184B1 (en) | 1996-08-29 | 2001-04-03 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Integrin antagonists |
| US5919792A (en) * | 1996-10-30 | 1999-07-06 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Integrin antagonists |
| US5952341A (en) * | 1996-10-30 | 1999-09-14 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Integrin antagonists |
| US6017925A (en) * | 1997-01-17 | 2000-01-25 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Integrin antagonists |
| GB2327609A (en) * | 1997-07-23 | 1999-02-03 | Merck & Co Inc | A method for eliciting an avß5 or dual avß3/avß5 antagonizing effect |
| US6294549B1 (en) | 1997-07-23 | 2001-09-25 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Method for eliciting an αvβ5 or dual αvβ3/αvβ5 antagonizing effect |
| US6048861A (en) * | 1997-12-17 | 2000-04-11 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Integrin receptor antagonists |
| US6784190B2 (en) | 1997-12-17 | 2004-08-31 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Integrin receptor antagonists |
| US6297249B1 (en) | 1997-12-17 | 2001-10-02 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Integrin receptor antagonists |
| WO1999031061A1 (en) * | 1997-12-17 | 1999-06-24 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Integrin receptor antagonists |
| US6001855A (en) * | 1998-01-02 | 1999-12-14 | Hoffman-La Roche Inc. | Thiazole derivatives |
| US6489333B2 (en) | 1998-04-01 | 2002-12-03 | Bristol - Meyers Squibb Pharma Company | Integrin antagonists |
| WO1999052872A1 (en) | 1998-04-09 | 1999-10-21 | Meiji Seika Kaisha, Ltd. | AMINOPIPERIDINE DERIVATIVES AS INTEGRIN αvβ3 ANTAGONISTS |
| WO2000003973A1 (en) * | 1998-07-15 | 2000-01-27 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Diacylhydrazine derivatives as integrin inhibitors |
| WO2000048996A3 (en) * | 1999-02-20 | 2000-11-16 | Merck Patent Gmbh | β-ALANINE DERIVATIVES |
| WO2000048996A2 (en) * | 1999-02-20 | 2000-08-24 | Merck Patent Gmbh | β-ALANINE DERIVATIVES |
| US6576637B1 (en) | 1999-02-20 | 2003-06-10 | Merck Patent Gmbh | β-alanine derivatives |
| AU760246B2 (en) * | 1999-02-20 | 2003-05-08 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Beta-alanine derivatives |
| US7125895B1 (en) | 1999-05-14 | 2006-10-24 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Research Labs, Inc. | Cyclic amine derivatives and their uses |
| WO2000069820A1 (en) * | 1999-05-14 | 2000-11-23 | Combichem, Inc. | Cyclic amine derivatives and their uses |
| US6410526B1 (en) | 1999-06-02 | 2002-06-25 | Merck & Co., Inc. | αv integrin receptor antagonists |
| US6750219B1 (en) | 1999-08-05 | 2004-06-15 | Meiji Seika Kaisha, Ltd. | Ω-amino-α-hydroxycarboxylic acid derivatives having integrin ανβ3 antagonistic activity |
| WO2002016328A1 (en) * | 2000-08-23 | 2002-02-28 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Biphenyl derivatives and the use thereof as integrin inhibitors |
| WO2003034995A3 (en) * | 2001-10-22 | 2003-09-12 | Scripps Research Inst | Integrin targeting compounds |
| KR101085784B1 (en) * | 2001-10-22 | 2011-11-25 | 더 스크립스 리서치 인스티튜트 | Integrin targeting compounds |
| US7863333B2 (en) | 2003-08-21 | 2011-01-04 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | N-alkylated diaminopropane derivatives as modulators of chemokine receptor activity |
| US7317019B2 (en) | 2003-08-21 | 2008-01-08 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co. | N-alkylated diaminopropane derivatives as modulators of chemokine receptor activity |
| US11426473B2 (en) | 2013-09-24 | 2022-08-30 | Fujifilm Corporation | Nitrogen-containing compound or salt thereof, or metal complex thereof |
| US11040955B2 (en) | 2017-02-28 | 2021-06-22 | Morphic Therapeutic, Inc. | Inhibitors of (alpha-v)(beta-6) integrin |
| US11046669B2 (en) | 2017-02-28 | 2021-06-29 | Morphic Therapeutic, Inc. | Inhibitors of (α-v)(β-6) integrin |
| RU2769702C2 (en) * | 2017-02-28 | 2022-04-05 | Морфик Терапьютик, Инк. | Avb6 integrin inhibitors |
| US11795167B2 (en) | 2017-02-28 | 2023-10-24 | Morphic Therapeutic, Inc. | Inhibitors of (α-v)(β-6) integrin |
| US11827621B2 (en) | 2017-02-28 | 2023-11-28 | Morphic Therapeutic, Inc. | Inhibitors of (α-v)(β-6) integrin |
| US11739087B2 (en) | 2018-08-29 | 2023-08-29 | Morphic Therapeutic, Inc. | Inhibiting (α-v)(β-6) integrin |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| EP0880511A4 (en) | 1999-06-16 |
| JP2000516197A (en) | 2000-12-05 |
| AU713676B2 (en) | 1999-12-09 |
| EP0880511A1 (en) | 1998-12-02 |
| AU1699097A (en) | 1997-08-11 |
| CA2242877A1 (en) | 1997-07-24 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| AU713676B2 (en) | Integrin receptor antagonists | |
| AU721130B2 (en) | Fibrinogen receptor antagonists | |
| AU713247B2 (en) | Fibrinogen receptor antagonists | |
| AU719102B2 (en) | Fibrinogen receptor antagonist prodrugs | |
| AU712082B2 (en) | Fibrinogen receptor antagonists | |
| EP0810994A1 (en) | Fibrinogen receptor antagonists | |
| WO1994026745A1 (en) | Fibrinogen receptor antagonists | |
| US5932582A (en) | Fibrinogen receptor antagonist prodrugs | |
| AU709631B2 (en) | Fibrinogen receptor antagonist prodrugs | |
| US5952306A (en) | Integrin receptor antagonists | |
| AU747293B2 (en) | Fibrinogen receptor antagonist prodrugs | |
| AU742197B2 (en) | Fibrinogen receptor antagonists | |
| AU689961B2 (en) | Fibrinogen receptor antagonists | |
| GB2327609A (en) | A method for eliciting an avß5 or dual avß3/avß5 antagonizing effect | |
| US5990107A (en) | Fibrinogen receptor antagonist prodrugs | |
| AU702025B2 (en) | Fibrinogen receptor antagonist | |
| EP0957908A1 (en) | Fibrinogen receptor antagonists | |
| GB2292558A (en) | Fibrinogen receptor antagonists |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| AK | Designated states |
Kind code of ref document: A1 Designated state(s): AL AM AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CN CU CZ EE GE HU IL IS JP KG KR KZ LC LK LR LT LV MD MG MK MN MX NO NZ PL RO RU SG SI SK TJ TM TR TT UA US UZ VN AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM |
|
| AL | Designated countries for regional patents |
Kind code of ref document: A1 Designated state(s): KE LS MW SD SZ UG AT BE CH DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN ML MR NE SN TD TG |
|
| CFP | Corrected version of a pamphlet front page | ||
| CR1 | Correction of entry in section i | ||
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application | ||
| DFPE | Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101) | ||
| WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 1997902931 Country of ref document: EP |
|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2242877 Country of ref document: CA Ref country code: CA Ref document number: 2242877 Kind code of ref document: A Format of ref document f/p: F |
|
| WWP | Wipo information: published in national office |
Ref document number: 1997902931 Country of ref document: EP |
|
| WWW | Wipo information: withdrawn in national office |
Ref document number: 1997902931 Country of ref document: EP |